편집토론문서 역사

모듈:Citation/CS1: 두 판 사이의 차이

imported>Namoroka
(최신판)
imported>Apzp79
편집 요약 없음
 
(사용자 3명의 중간 판 27개는 보이지 않습니다)
1번째 줄: 1번째 줄:


local z = {
local cs1 ={};
error_categories = {}; -- for categorizing citations that contain errors
error_ids = {};
message_tail = {};
maintenance_cats = {}; -- for categorizing citations that aren't erroneous per se, but could use a little work
properties_cats = {}; -- for categorizing citations based on certain properties, language of source for instance
}


local ISOdate = require('모듈:ISOdate')._ISOdate -- 로컬: 날짜 변환을 위해 추가
local ISOdate = require('모듈:ISOdate')._ISOdate -- 로컬: 날짜 변환을 위해 추가
local langdata = mw.loadData('Module:Langname/data') -- 로컬: 언어 이름 지역화
local lang_name = langdata.lang_name


--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D  D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D  D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
]]
]]
local dates, year_date_check -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation


local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local dates, year_date_check, reformat_dates -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist


--[[--------------------------< I S _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------------
local is_set, in_array, substitute, error_comment, set_error, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
add_maint_cat, wrap_style, safe_for_italics, remove_wiki_link;


Returns true if argument is set; false otherwise. Argument is 'set' when it exists (not nil) or when it is not an empty string.
local z ={}; -- tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
This function is global because it is called from both this module and from Date validation


]]
local extract_ids, build_id_list, is_embargoed; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
function is_set( var )
 
return not (var == nil or var == '');
local make_coins_title, get_coins_pages, COinS; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
end
 
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist


--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------
48번째 줄: 44번째 줄:
end
end


--[[--------------------------< I N _ A R R A Y >--------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------


Whether needle is in haystack
Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.


]]
]]


local function in_array( needle, haystack )
local added_prop_cats = {} -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats
if needle == nil then
local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments)
return false;
if not added_prop_cats [key] then
added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
end
end
for n,v in ipairs( haystack ) do
if v == needle then
return n;
end
end
return false;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S U B S T I T U T E >----------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------


Populates numbered arguments in a message string using an argument table.
Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.


]]
]]


local function substitute( msg, args )
local added_vanc_errs; -- flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
return args and mw.message.newRawMessage( msg, args ):plain() or msg;
local function add_vanc_error ()
if not added_vanc_errs then
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {}, true ) } );
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E R R O R _ C O M M E N T >----------------------------------------------------


Wraps error messages with css markup according to the state of hidden.
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------
 
does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
  letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
  ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").
 
returns true if it does, else false


]]
]]
local function error_comment( content, hidden )
 
return substitute( hidden and cfg.presentation['hidden-error'] or cfg.presentation['visible-error'], content );
local function is_scheme (scheme)
return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ E R R O R >--------------------------------------------------------------


Sets an error condition and returns the appropriate error message.  The actual placement of the error message in the output is
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------
the responsibility of the calling function.


]]
Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?
local function set_error( error_id, arguments, raw, prefix, suffix )
local error_state = cfg.error_conditions[ error_id ];
prefix = prefix or "";
suffix = suffix or "";
if error_state == nil then
error( cfg.messages['undefined_error'] );
elseif is_set( error_state.category ) then
table.insert( z.error_categories, error_state.category );
end
local message = substitute( error_state.message, arguments );
message = message .. " ([[" .. cfg.messages['help page link'] ..
"#" .. error_state.anchor .. "|" ..
cfg.messages['help page label'] .. "]])";
z.error_ids[ error_id ] = true;
if in_array( error_id, { 'bare_url_missing_title', 'trans_missing_title' } )
and z.error_ids['citation_missing_title'] then
return '', false;
end
message = table.concat({ prefix, message, suffix });
if raw == true then
return message, error_state.hidden;
end
return error_comment( message, error_state.hidden );
end


--[[--------------------------< A D D _ M A I N T _ C A T >------------------------------------------------------
Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5
BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db


Adds a category to z.maintenance_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit. Between
To prevent duplication, the added_maint_cats table lists the categories by key that have been added to z.maintenance_cats.
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.


]]
Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported


local added_maint_cats = {} -- list of maintenance categories that have been added to z.maintenance_cats
domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tld. tld
local function add_maint_cat (key, arguments)
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped
if not added_maint_cats [key] then
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.
added_maint_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, substitute (cfg.maint_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
end
end


--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------
There are several tests:
 
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
internationalized domain name (ascii characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the tld) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
 
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org TLD
]]
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters)
two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed


local added_prop_cats = {} -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats
returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false
local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments)
if not added_prop_cats [key] then
added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
end
end


--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------
]=]


Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
local function is_domain_name (domain)
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.
if not domain then
 
return false; -- if not set, abandon
]]
 
local added_vanc_errs; -- flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
local function add_vanc_error ()
if not added_vanc_errs then
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {}, true ) } );
end
end
end
 
domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------
if not domain:match ('^[%a%d]') then -- first character must be letter or digit
return false;
end
-- Do most common case first
if domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.xn%-%-[%a%d]+$') then -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.org$') then -- one character .org hostname
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][qxz]%.com$') then -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][iq]%.net$') then -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a$') then -- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars)
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- two character hostname and tld
return true;
elseif domain:match ('^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?') then -- IPv4 address
return true;
else
return false;
end
end


does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
  letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
  ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").


returns true if it does, else false
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------


]]
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false.


local function is_scheme (scheme)
This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern
are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external
end
wikilinks.


]]


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------
local function is_url (scheme, domain)
if is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
else
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when url is protocol relative
end
end


Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?


Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db


rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.


Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported
First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following tld) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).


domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tld.  tld
If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.


There are several tests:
When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain. If there is an authority indicator (one
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org TLD
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters)
two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed


returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false
Strip off any port and path;


]=]
]]


local function is_domain_name (domain)
local function split_url (url_str)
if not domain then
local scheme, authority, domain;
return false; -- if not set, abandon
end
domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')
 
if not domain:match ('^[%a%d]') then -- first character must be letter or digit
if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url
return false;
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
if is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
end
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present
end
end
if domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.org$') then -- one character .org hostname
return scheme, domain;
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][qxz]%.com$') then -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][iq]%.net$') then -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a$') then -- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars)
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- two character hostname and tld
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
return true;
elseif domain:match ('^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?') then -- IPv4 address
return true;
else
return false;
end
end
end




--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------


returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false.
checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls
 
Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
# < > [ ] | { } _
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links
 
returns false when the value contains any of these characters.


This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the
are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).
wikilinks.


]]
]]


local function is_url (scheme, domain)
local function link_param_ok (value)
if is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
local scheme, domain;
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters
else
return false;
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when url is protocol relative
end
end
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url
end
end


--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >---------------------------------------------------


Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.


--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
|<title>= may be wikilinked but not when |<param>-link= has a value.  This function emits an error message when
that condition exists


Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.
]]
If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.


When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
or more '/' characters following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.
local orig;


]]
if is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter
end
end


local function split_url (url_str)
if is_set (orig) then
local scheme, authority, domain;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- url or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
url_str = url_str:gsub ('(%a)/.*', '%1'); -- strip path information (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')
 
if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
if is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
domain = nil; -- set to nil which will cause an error message
end
end
end
return scheme, domain;
end
end




--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------


checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.


Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the url into scheme and domain
# < > [ ] | { } _
portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links
portions of the url.  If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.


returns false when the value contains any of these characters.
Because it is different from a standard url, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
 
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here.  The specification for a newsgroup name
When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).


]]
]]


local function link_param_ok (value)
local function check_url( url_str )
local scheme, domain;
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper url
if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters
return false;
return false;
end
end
local scheme, domain;


scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;  
scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url
end
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
 
return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$');
 
end
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
 
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.
 
First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the url into scheme and domain
portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
portions of the url.  If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.
 
]]
 
local function check_url( url_str )
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper url
return false;
end
local scheme, domain;
 
scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
end
end


361번째 줄: 308번째 줄:
local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
local scheme, domain;
local scheme, domain;
value = value:gsub ('([^%s/])/[%a%d].*', '%1'); -- strip path information (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')


if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
scheme, domain = value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:)(%S+).*%]')
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S*%.%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
domain = value:match ('%f[%[]%[//(%S*%.%S+).*%]');
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
scheme, domain = value:match ('(%a%S*:)(%S+)');
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
elseif value:match ('//%S*%.%S+') then -- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
domain = value:match ('//(%S*%.%S+)'); -- what is left should be the domain
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain
else
else
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a url
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a url
401번째 줄: 346번째 줄:
end
end


-- 로컬 시작
function yearcheck( str )
return str:gsub( '년', '' );
end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ I T A L I C S >----------------------------------------------
function monthcheck( str )
 
return str:gsub( '월', '' )
Protects a string that will be wrapped in wiki italic markup '' ... ''
  :gsub( "January", "1" ):gsub( "February", "2" ):gsub( "March", "3" ):gsub( "April", "4" )
 
  :gsub( "May", "5" ):gsub( "June", "6" ):gsub( "July", "7" ):gsub( "August", "8" )
Note: We cannot use <i> for italics, as the expected behavior for italics specified by ''...'' in the title is that
  :gsub( "September", "9" ):gsub( "October", "10" ):gsub( "November", "11" ):gsub( "December", "12" );
they will be inverted (i.e. unitalicized) in the resulting references.  In addition, <i> and '' tend to interact
poorly under Mediawiki's HTML tidy.
 
]]
 
local function safe_for_italics( str )
if not is_set(str) then
return str;
else
if str:sub(1,1) == "'" then str = "<span />" .. str; end
if str:sub(-1,-1) == "'" then str = str .. "<span />"; end
-- Remove newlines as they break italics.
return str:gsub( '\n', ' ' );
end
end
end
-- 로컬 시작
--function yearcheck( str )
-- return str:gsub( '년', '' );
--end
--function monthcheck( str )
-- return str:gsub( '월', '' )
--   :gsub( "January", "1" ):gsub( "February", "2" ):gsub( "March", "3" ):gsub( "April", "4" )
--   :gsub( "May", "5" ):gsub( "June", "6" ):gsub( "July", "7" ):gsub( "August", "8" )
--   :gsub( "September", "9" ):gsub( "October", "10" ):gsub( "November", "11" ):gsub( "December", "12" );
--end


function editioncheck( str )
function editioncheck( str )
return str:gsub( "판", "" ):gsub( "ed.", "" ):gsub( "edition", "" ):gsub( "st", "" ):gsub( "nd", "" ):gsub( "rd", "" ):gsub( "th", "" );
return str:gsub( " 판", "" ):gsub( " [Ee]dition", "" ):gsub( " [Ee]d%.?", "" ):gsub( " st", "" ):gsub( " nd", "" ):gsub( " rd", "" ):gsub( " th", "" )
  :gsub( "판", "" ):gsub( "[Ee]dition", "" ):gsub( "[Ee]d%.?", "" ):gsub( "st", "" ):gsub( "nd", "" ):gsub( "rd", "" ):gsub( "th", "" );
end
end
-- 로컬 끝
-- 로컬 끝
458번째 줄: 381번째 줄:
end
end


--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------
 
Applies styling to various parameters.  Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one
argument; protects italic styled parameters.  Additional text taken from citation_config.presentation - the reason
this function is similar to but separate from wrap_msg().
 
]]
 
local function wrap_style (key, str)
if not is_set( str ) then
return "";
elseif in_array( key, { 'italic-title', 'trans-italic-title' } ) then
str = safe_for_italics( str );
end
 
return substitute( cfg.presentation[key], {str} );
end
 
--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------


Format an external link with error checking
Format an external link with error checking
484번째 줄: 389번째 줄:
local function external_link( URL, label, source )
local function external_link( URL, label, source )
local error_str = "";
local error_str = "";
local domain;
local path;
if not is_set( label ) then
if not is_set( label ) then
label = URL;
label = URL;
495번째 줄: 403번째 줄:
error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
end
end
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the url into scheme plus domain and path
if path then -- if there is a path portion
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['[']='%5b',[']']='%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent encoded values
URL=domain..path; -- and reassemble
end
return table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]", error_str });
return table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]", error_str });
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K _ I D >----------------------------------------------
Formats a wiki style external link
]]
local function external_link_id(options)
local url_string = options.id;
if options.encode == true or options.encode == nil then
url_string = mw.uri.encode( url_string );
end
return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[%s%s%s %s]',
options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix or "",
mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
);
end


--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------
560번째 줄: 458번째 줄:
end
end


-- 로컬: Format script value, Script concatenate 삭제
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------


--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.
 
Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.
 
|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon:
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
|script-title=ja : *** ***
|script-title=ja: *** ***
|script-title=ja :*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***
 
The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.


Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
Supports |script-title= and |script-chapter=
configuration taking one argument.  Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates.  Additional text taken
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().


TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script;
]]
]]


local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
local function format_script_value (script_value)
if not is_set( str ) then
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
return "";
local name;
if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then -- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
if not is_set (lang) then
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
end
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
-- name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "ko" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize -- 로컬
name = lang_name[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "ko" ); -- 로컬. Langname 모듈에 정의된 이름을 우선 사용.
if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
-- if in_array (lang, {'am', 'ar', 'be', 'bg', 'bs', 'dv', 'el', 'fa', 'he', 'hy', 'ja', 'ka', 'ku', 'mk', 'ml', 'ps', 'ru', 'sd', 'sr', 'th', 'uk', 'ug', 'yi', 'zh'}) then -- 로컬 시작
-- add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
-- else
-- add_prop_cat ('script')
-- end -- 로컬 끝: 임시로 숨김
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
else
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
end
end
end
if true == lower then
script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl
local msg;
 
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before
return script_value;
return substitute( msg, str ); -- including template text
else
return substitute( cfg.messages[key], str );
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------


--[[-------------------------< I S _ A L I A S _ U S E D >-----------------------------------------------------
Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been  
 
wrapped in <bdi> tags.
This function is used by select_one() to determine if one of a list of alias parameters is in the argument list
provided by the template.
 
Input:
args – pointer to the arguments table from calling template
alias – one of the list of possible aliases in the aliases lists from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
index – for enumerated parameters, identifies which one
enumerated – true/false flag used choose how enumerated aliases are examined
value – value associated with an alias that has previously been selected; nil if not yet selected
selected – the alias that has previously been selected; nil if not yet selected
error_list – list of aliases that are duplicates of the alias already selected
 
Returns:
value – value associated with alias we selected or that was previously selected or nil if an alias not yet selected
selected – the alias we selected or the alias that was previously selected or nil if an alias not yet selected
 
]]
]]


local function is_alias_used (args, alias, index, enumerated, value, selected, error_list)
local function script_concatenate (title, script)
if enumerated then -- is this a test for an enumerated parameters?
if is_set (script) then
alias = alias:gsub ('#', index); -- replace '#' with the value in index
script = format_script_value (script); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error
else
if is_set (script) then
alias = alias:gsub ('#', ''); -- remove '#' if it exists
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
end
 
if is_set(args[alias]) then -- alias is in the template's argument list
if value ~= nil and selected ~= alias then -- if we have already selected one of the aliases
local skip;
for _, v in ipairs(error_list) do -- spin through the error list to see if we've added this alias
if v == alias then
skip = true;
break; -- has been added so stop looking
end
end
if not skip then -- has not been added so
table.insert( error_list, alias ); -- add error alias to the error list
end
else
value = args[alias]; -- not yet selected an alias, so select this one
selected = alias;
end
end
end
end
return value, selected; -- return newly selected alias, or previously selected alias
return title;
end
end




--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ O N E >----------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------


Chooses one matching parameter from a list of parameters to consider. The list of parameters to consider is just
Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
names.  For parameters that may be enumerated, the position of the numerator in the parameter name is identified
configuration taking one argument.  Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates. Additional text taken
by the '#' so |author-last1= and |author1-last= are represented as 'author-last#' and 'author#-last'.
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().
 
Because enumerated parameter |<param>1= is an alias of |<param>= we must test for both possibilities.
 
 
Generates an error if more than one match is present.


]]
]]


local function select_one( args, aliases_list, error_condition, index )
local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
local value = nil; -- the value assigned to the selected parameter
if not is_set( str ) then
local selected = ''; -- the name of the parameter we have chosen
return "";
local error_list = {};
 
if index ~= nil then index = tostring(index); end
 
for _, alias in ipairs( aliases_list ) do -- for each alias in the aliases list
if alias:match ('#') then -- if this alias can be enumerated
if '1' == index then -- when index is 1 test for enumerated and non-enumerated aliases
value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, false, value, selected, error_list); -- first test for non-enumerated alias
end
value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, true, value, selected, error_list); -- test for enumerated alias
else
value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, false, value, selected, error_list); --test for non-enumerated alias
end
end
end
 
if true == lower then
if #error_list > 0 and 'none' ~= error_condition then -- for cases where this code is used outside of extract_names()
local msg;
local error_str = "";
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before
for _, k in ipairs( error_list ) do
return substitute( msg, str ); -- including template text
if error_str ~= "" then error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-separator'] end
else
error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', k);
return substitute( cfg.messages[key], str );
end
end
if #error_list > 1 then
error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-final-separator'];
else
error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-pair-separator'];
end
error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', selected);
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( error_condition, {error_str}, true ) } );
end
return value, selected;
end
end


707번째 줄: 576번째 줄:
local i=1;
local i=1;
local stripmarker, apostrophe;
local stripmarker, apostrophe;
capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- Test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
if capture == v then -- if same there are no unicode characters
return;
end


while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do
while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do
714번째 줄: 588번째 줄:
if position then
if position then
-- if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or ('ref' == capture and 'quote' == param) then -- nowiki, math, or quote param and ref stripmarker (not an error condition)
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture then -- nowiki, math stripmarker (not an error condition)
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture then -- nowiki, math stripmarker (not an error condition)
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
position = nil; -- unset
elseif 'apostrophe' == char then -- apostrophe template uses &zwj;, hair space and zero-width space
apostrophe = true;
elseif true == apostrophe and in_array (char, {'zero width joiner', 'zero width space', 'hair space'}) then
position = nil; -- unset
position = nil; -- unset
else
else
728번째 줄: 597번째 줄:
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char;
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char;
else
else
err_msg = char .. ' ' .. 'character';
err_msg = char .. ' ' .. '문자'; -- 로컬
end
end


820번째 줄: 689번째 줄:
return false; -- Not supported because not found or name is set to nil
return false; -- Not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end
-- Formats a wiki style internal link
local function internal_link_id(options)
return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[[%s%s%s|%s]]',
options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
options.prefix, options.id, options.suffix or "",
mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
);
end
end


857번째 줄: 716번째 줄:
end
end


--[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N >-----------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------


ISBN-10 and ISSN validator code calculates checksum across all isbn/issn digits including the check digit. ISBN-13 is checked in check_isbn().
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
If the number is valid the result will be 0. Before calling this function, issbn/issn must be checked for length and stripped of dashes,
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
spaces and other non-isxn characters.


]]
]]


local function is_valid_isxn (isxn_str, len)
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
local temp = 0;
if is_set(title_type) then
isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, len) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9'  → 0x39, 'X' → 0x58
if "none" == title_type or "없음" == title_type then -- 로컬
len = len+1; -- adjust to be a loop counter
title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do -- loop through all of the bytes and calculate the checksum
if v == string.byte( "X" ) then -- if checkdigit is X (compares the byte value of 'X' which is 0x58)
temp = temp + 10*( len - i ); -- it represents 10 decimal
else
temp = temp + tonumber( string.char(v) )*(len-i);
end
end
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
end
end
return temp % 11 == 0; -- returns true if calculation result is zero
 
return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
end
end




--[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N  _ 1 3 >----------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >--------------------------------------------------


ISBN-13 and ISMN validator code calculates checksum across all 13 isbn/ismn digits including the check digit.
Converts a hyphen to a dash
If the number is valid, the result will be 0. Before calling this function, isbn-13/ismn must be checked for length
and stripped of dashes, spaces and other non-isxn-13 characters.


]]
]]


local function is_valid_isxn_13 (isxn_str)
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
local temp=0;
if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
return str;
isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, 13) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9' → 0x39
end
for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do
return str:gsub( '-', '–' );
temp = temp + (3 - 2*(i % 2)) * tonumber( string.char(v) ); -- multiply odd index digits by 1, even index digits by 3 and sum; includes check digit
end
return temp % 10 == 0; -- sum modulo 10 is zero when isbn-13/ismn is correct
end
end


--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ I S B N >------------------------------------------------------------


Determines whether an ISBN string is valid
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------
 
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.


]]
]]


local function check_isbn( isbn_str )
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
if nil ~= isbn_str:match("[^%s-0-9X]") then return false; end -- fail if isbn_str contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X
--[[
isbn_str = isbn_str:gsub( "-", "" ):gsub( " ", "" ); -- remove hyphens and spaces
Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions.
local len = isbn_str:len();
if len ~= 10 and len ~= 13 then
return false;
end
 
if len == 10 then
if isbn_str:match( "^%d*X?$" ) == nil then return false; end
return is_valid_isxn(isbn_str, 10);
else
local temp = 0;
if isbn_str:match( "^97[89]%d*$" ) == nil then return false; end -- isbn13 begins with 978 or 979; ismn begins with 979
return is_valid_isxn_13 (isbn_str);
end
end
 
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ I S M N >------------------------------------------------------------
 
Determines whether an ISMN string is valid.  Similar to isbn-13, ismn is 13 digits begining 979-0-... and uses the
same check digit calculations.  See http://www.ismn-international.org/download/Web_ISMN_Users_Manual_2008-6.pdf
section 2, pages 9–12.
 
]]
 
local function ismn (id)
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISMN'];
local text;
local valid_ismn = true;
 
id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" ); -- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the ismn
 
if 13 ~= id:len() or id:match( "^9790%d*$" ) == nil then -- ismn must be 13 digits and begin 9790
valid_ismn = false;
else
valid_ismn=is_valid_isxn_13 (id); -- validate ismn
end
 
-- text = internal_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, -- use this (or external version) when there is some place to link to
-- prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]" .. handler.separator .. id; -- because no place to link to yet
 
if false == valid_ismn then
text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_ismn' ) -- add an error message if the issn is invalid
end
return text;
This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as
end
long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII.  The strings
 
in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8.
--[[--------------------------< I S S N >----------------------------------------------------------------------
]]
 
Validate and format an issn.  This code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but has separated the two groups of four
digits with a space.  When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked like this:
 
|issn=0819 4327 gives: [http://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327] -- can't have spaces in an external link
This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the issn midpoint.  It also validates the issn for length and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees
local str = ''; -- the output string
with the calculated value.  Incorrect length (8 digits), characters other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check issn
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
error message.  The issn is always displayed with a hyphen, even if the issn was given as a single group of 8 digits.
local end_chr = '';
 
local trim;
]]
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
 
if value == nil then value = ''; end
local function issn(id)
local issn_copy = id; -- save a copy of unadulterated issn; use this version for display if issn does not validate
if str == '' then -- if output string is empty
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISSN'];
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
local text;
elseif value ~= '' then
local valid_issn = true;
if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
 
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" ); -- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the issn
else
 
comp = value;
if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match( "^%d*X?$" ) then -- validate the issn: 8 digits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position
valid_issn=false; -- wrong length or improper character
else
valid_issn=is_valid_isxn(id, 8); -- validate issn
end
 
if true == valid_issn then
id = string.sub( id, 1, 4 ) .. "-" .. string.sub( id, 5 ); -- if valid, display correctly formatted version
else
id = issn_copy; -- if not valid, use the show the invalid issn with error message
end
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
if false == valid_issn then
text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_issn' ) -- add an error message if the issn is invalid
end
return text
end
 
--[[--------------------------< A M A Z O N >------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Formats a link to Amazon.  Do simple error checking: asin must be mix of 10 numeric or uppercase alpha
characters.  If a mix, first character must be uppercase alpha; if all numeric, asins must be 10-digit
isbn. If 10-digit isbn, add a maintenance category so a bot or awb script can replace |asin= with |isbn=.
Error message if not 10 characters, if not isbn10, if mixed and first character is a digit.
 
]]
 
local function amazon(id, domain)
local err_cat = ""
 
if not id:match("^[%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u]$") then
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin is not a mix of 10 uppercase alpha and numeric characters
else
if id:match("^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$") then -- if 10-digit numeric (or 9 digits with terminal X)
if check_isbn( id ) then -- see if asin value is isbn10
add_maint_cat ('ASIN');
elseif not is_set (err_cat) then
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin is not isbn10
end
end
elseif not id:match("^%u[%d%u]+$") then
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
err_cat =  ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin doesn't begin with uppercase alpha
if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
end
--  Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th
end
--  preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
if not is_set(domain) then
trim = false;
domain = "com";
end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string
elseif in_array (domain, {'jp', 'uk'}) then -- Japan, United Kingdom
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff?
domain = "co." .. domain;
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
elseif in_array (domain, {'au', 'br', 'mx'}) then -- Australia, Brazil, Mexico
str = str:sub(1,-2); -- remove it
domain = "com." .. domain;
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
end
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ASIN'];
str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
return external_link_id({link=handler.link,
elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''  
label=handler.label, prefix=handler.prefix .. domain .. "/dp/",
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
id=id, encode=handler.encode, separator = handler.separator}) .. err_cat;
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
end
trim = true; -- same question
end
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
trim = true;
elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
trim = true;
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
trim = true;
end
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
str = str:sub(1,-3); -- remove them both
end
end


--[[--------------------------< A R X I V >--------------------------------------------------------------------
if trim then
 
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
See: http://arxiv.org/help/arxiv_identifier
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
 
if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
format and error check arXiv identifier.  There are three valid forms of the identifier:
the first form, valid only between date codes 9108 and 0703 is:
value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
arXiv:<archive>.<class>/<date code><number><version>
else
where:
value = value:sub( 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
<archive> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
end
<class> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
end
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
end
first digit of YY for this form can only 9 and 0
str = str .. value; --add it to the output string
<number> is a three-digit number
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces (undocumented)
the second form, valid from April 2007 through December 2014 is:
arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
<number> is a four-digit number
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces
 
the third form, valid from January 2015 is:
arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
<date code> and <version> are as defined for 0704-1412
<number> is a five-digit number
]]
 
local function arxiv (id, class)
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ARXIV'];
local year, month, version;
local err_cat = '';
local text;
if id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 9108-0703 format w/ & w/o version
year, month = id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/([90]%d)([01]%d)%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
year = tonumber(year);
month = tonumber(month);
if ((not (90 < year or 8 > year)) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- if invalid year or invalid month
((91 == year and 7 > month) or (7 == year and 3 < month)) then -- if years ok, are starting and ending months ok?
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
end
end
elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 0704-1412 w/ & w/o version
year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
year = tonumber(year);
month = tonumber(month);
if ((7 > year) or (14 < year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
((7 == year) and (4 > month)) then --or -- when year is 07, is month invalid (before April)?
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
end
elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 1501- format w/ & w/o version
year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
year = tonumber(year);
month = tonumber(month);
if ((15 > year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) then -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
end
else
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- arXiv id doesn't match any format
end
end
return str;
end 


text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;


if is_set (class) then
For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters.  When a name
class = ' [[' .. '//arxiv.org/archive/' .. class .. ' ' .. class .. ']]'; -- external link within square brackets, not wikilink
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
else
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
class = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.
end
return text .. class;
end


--[[
This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
lccn normalization (http://www.loc.gov/marc/lccn-namespace.html#normalization)
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
1. Remove all blanks.
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
2. If there is a forward slash (/) in the string, remove it, and remove all characters to the right of the forward slash.
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
3. If there is a hyphen in the string:
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F
a. Remove it.
b. Inspect the substring following (to the right of) the (removed) hyphen. Then (and assuming that steps 1 and 2 have been carried out):
1. All these characters should be digits, and there should be six or less. (not done in this function)
2. If the length of the substring is less than 6, left-fill the substring with zeroes until the length is six.


Returns a normalized lccn for lccn() to validate. There is no error checking (step 3.b.1) performed in this function.
|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
]]
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods


local function normalize_lccn (lccn)
At the time of this writing, I had to write the 'if nil == mw.ustring.find ...' test ouside of the code editor and paste it here
lccn = lccn:gsub ("%s", ""); -- 1. strip whitespace
because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.


if nil ~= string.find (lccn,'/') then
]]
lccn = lccn:match ("(.-)/"); -- 2. remove forward slash and all character to the right of it
 
end
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]*$") then
add_vanc_error ();
return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver required Romanization
end;
return true;
end


local prefix
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
local suffix
prefix, suffix = lccn:match ("(.+)%-(.+)"); -- 3.a remove hyphen by splitting the string into prefix and suffix


if nil ~= suffix then -- if there was a hyphen
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc. 
suffix=string.rep("0", 6-string.len (suffix)) .. suffix; -- 3.b.2 left fill the suffix with 0s if suffix length less than 6
 
lccn=prefix..suffix; -- reassemble the lccn
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.
end
return lccn;
end


--[[
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  This form is not
Format LCCN link and do simple error checking.  LCCN is a character string 8-12 characters long. The length of the LCCN dictates the character type of the first 1-3 characters; the
currently supported by this code so correctly formed names like Smith JL 2nd are converted to Smith J2. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
rightmost eight are always digits. http://info-uri.info/registry/OAIHandler?verb=GetRecord&metadataPrefix=reg&identifier=info:lccn/


length = 8 then all digits
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().
length = 9 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha
length = 10 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha or both digits
length = 11 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha, lccn[2] and lccn[3] are both lower case alpha or both digits
length = 12 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha


]]
]]


local function lccn(lccn)
local function reduce_to_initials(first)
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['LCCN'];
if mw.ustring.match(first, "^%u%u$") then return first end; -- when first contains just two upper-case letters, nothing to do
local err_cat = ''; -- presume that LCCN is valid
local initials = {}
local id = lccn; -- local copy of the lccn
local i = 0; -- counter for number of initials
for word in mw.ustring.gmatch(first, "[^%s%.%-]+") do -- names separated by spaces, hyphens, or periods
table.insert(initials, mw.ustring.sub(word,1,1)) -- Vancouver format does not include full stops.
i = i + 1; -- bump the counter
if 2 <= i then break; end -- only two initials allowed in Vancouver system; if 2, quit
end
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end


id = normalize_lccn (id); -- get canonical form (no whitespace, hyphens, forward slashes)
--[[--------------------------< L I S T  _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------
local len = id:len(); -- get the length of the lccn


if 8 == len then
Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors)  
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits)
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message
end
elseif 9 == len then -- LCCN should be adddddddd
if nil == id:match("%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- does it match our pattern?
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message
end
elseif 10 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddd or dddddddddd
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) ...
if nil == id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- ... see if it matches our pattern
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
end
end
elseif 11 == len then -- LCCN should be aaadddddddd or adddddddddd
if not (id:match("^%l%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") or id:match("^%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d")) then -- see if it matches one of our patterns
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
end
elseif 12 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddddd
if not id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- see if it matches our pattern
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
end
else
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- wrong length, set an error message
end


if not is_set (err_cat) and nil ~= lccn:find ('%s') then
]]
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- lccn contains a space, set an error message
end


return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
local function list_people(control, people, etal)
prefix=handler.prefix,id=lccn,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
local sep;
end
local namesep;
local format = control.format
local maximum = control.maximum
local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
local text = {}


--[[
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
Format PMID and do simple error checking.  PMIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMID to see that it
sep = ','; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma
contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMIDs are issued.
namesep = ' '; -- last/first separator is a space
]]
else
 
sep = ';' -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
local function pmid(id)
namesep = ', ' -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
local test_limit = 30000000; -- update this value as PMIDs approach
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMID'];
local err_cat =  ''; -- presume that PMID is valid
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMID has anything but digits
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message
else -- PMID is only digits
local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMID is outside test limit boundaries
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message
end
end
end
return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors
end
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ E M B A R G O E D >------------------------------------------------------
 
Determines if a PMC identifier's online version is embargoed. Compares the date in |embargo= against today's date.  If embargo date is
in the future, returns the content of |embargo=; otherwise, returns and empty string because the embargo has expired or because
|embargo= was not set in this cite.
 
]]
 
local function is_embargoed (embargo)
if is_set (embargo) then
local lang = mw.getContentLanguage();
local good1, embargo_date, good2, todays_date;
good1, embargo_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', embargo );
good2, todays_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U' );
if good1 and good2 then -- if embargo date and today's date are good dates
for i,person in ipairs(people) do
if tonumber( embargo_date ) >= tonumber( todays_date ) then -- is embargo date is in the future?
if is_set(person.last) then
return embargo; -- still embargoed
local mask = person.mask
else
local one
add_maint_cat ('embargo')
local sep_one = sep;
return ''; -- unset because embargo has expired
if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
etal = true;
break;
elseif (mask ~= nil) then
local n = tonumber(mask)
if (n ~= nil) then
one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
else
one = mask;
sep_one = " ";
end
else
one = person.last
local first = person.first
if is_set(first) then
if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
end
end
one = one .. namesep .. first
end
if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
one = "[[" .. person.link .. "|" .. one .. "]]" -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
end
end
end
table.insert( text, one )
table.insert( text, sep_one )
end
end
end
end
return ''; -- |embargo= not set return empty string
end


--[[--------------------------< P M C >------------------------------------------------------------------------
local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
 
if count > 0 then
Format a PMC, do simple error checking, and check for embargoed articles.
if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
end
text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator
end
local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al.
end
return result, count
end


The embargo parameter takes a date for a value. If the embargo date is in the future the PMC identifier will not
--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------
be linked to the article.  If the embargo date is today or in the past, or if it is empty or omitted, then the
PMC identifier is linked to the article through the link at cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix.


PMC embargo date testing is done in function is_embargoed () which is called earlier because when the citation
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise returns an empty string.
has |pmc=<value> but does not have a |url= then |title= is linked with the PMC link.  Function is_embargoed ()
returns the embargo date if the PMC article is still embargoed, otherwise it returns an empty string.


PMCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMC to see that it contains only digits and is less
namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order.  year is Year or anchor_year.
than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMCs are issued.


]]
]]
 
local function anchor_id (namelist, year)
local function pmc(id, embargo)
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
local test_limit = 5000000; -- update this value as PMCs approach
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'];
names[i] = v.last
local err_cat =  ''; -- presume that PMC is valid
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
local text;
 
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMC has anything but digits
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message
else -- PMC is only digits
local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMC is outside test limit boundaries
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message
end
end
end
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
if is_set (embargo) then -- is PMC is still embargoed?
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. handler.separator .. id .. err_cat; -- still embargoed so no external link
if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
else
else
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, -- no embargo date or embargo has expired, ok to link to article
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end
end
return text;
end
end


-- Formats a DOI and checks for DOI errors.


-- DOI names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash.
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >----------------------------------------------------
-- Prefix: directory indicator '10.' followed by a registrant code
-- Suffix: character string of any length chosen by the registrant


-- This function checks a DOI name for: prefix/suffix.  If the doi name contains spaces or endashes,
Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al.  If found,
-- or, if it ends with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_doi error message.
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.


-- DOI names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for spaces, endash,
This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by
-- and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely if ever used in doi names.
previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal


local function doi(id, inactive)
]]
local cat = ""
 
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'];
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat)
 
local text;
if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
if is_set(inactive) then
local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme
local inactive_year = inactive:match("%d%d%d%d") or ''; -- try to get the year portion from the inactive date
local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers"; -- and alternate to et al.
text = "[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. id;
if is_set(inactive_year) then
if name:match (etal_pattern) then -- variants on et al.
table.insert( z.error_categories, "CS1 관리 - 깨진 DOI/" .. inactive_year .. "년"); -- 로컬
name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
else
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
table.insert( z.error_categories, "CS1 관리 - 깨진 DOI" ); -- when inactive doesn't contain a recognizable year  -- 로컬
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
elseif name:match (others_pattern) then -- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'?
name = name:gsub (others_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
end
end
inactive = " (" .. inactive .. cfg.messages['inactive'] .. ")" -- 로컬
else
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
inactive = ""
end
end
 
return name, etal; --  
if nil == id:match("^10%.[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$") then -- doi must begin with '10.', must contain a fwd slash, must not contain spaces or endashes, and must not end with period or comma
cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_doi' );
end
return text .. inactive .. cat
end
end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------


--[[--------------------------< O P E N L I B R A R Y >--------------------------------------------------------
Evaluates the content of author and editor (surnames only) parameters for multiple names.  Multiple names are
 
indicated if there is more than one comma and or semicolon.  If found, the function adds the multiple name
Formats an OpenLibrary link, and checks for associated errors.
(author or editor) maintenance category.


]]
]]
local function openlibrary(id)
local code = id:match("^%d+([AMW])$"); -- only digits followed by 'A', 'M', or 'W'
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['OL'];


if ( code == "A" ) then
local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name)
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
local count, _;
prefix=handler.prefix .. 'authors/OL',
if is_set (name) then
id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode})
if name:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, ignore
elseif ( code == "M" ) then
name = name:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
else
prefix=handler.prefix .. 'books/OL',
_, count = name:gsub ('[;,]', ''); -- count the number of separator-like characters
id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode})
elseif ( code == "W" ) then
if 1 < count then -- param could be |author= or |editor= so one separactor character is acceptable
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
add_maint_cat ('mult_names', list_name:lower()); -- more than one separator indicates multiple names so add a maint cat for this template
prefix=handler.prefix .. 'works/OL',
end
id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode})
end
else
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix .. 'OL',
id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}) .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_ol' );
end
end
return name; -- and done
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
Gets name list from the input arguments


--[[--------------------------< M E S S A G E _ I D >----------------------------------------------------------
Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.


Validate and format a usenet message id.  Simple error checking, looks for 'id-left@id-right' not enclosed in
This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
'<' and/or '>' angle brackets.
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.
 
When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps 'et al.' out of the
template's metadata.  When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.


]]
]]


local function message_id (id)
local function extract_names(args, list_name)
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['USENETID'];
local names = {}; -- table of names
local last; -- individual name components
local first;
local link;
local mask;
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter


text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. ' 목록'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary -- 수정 필요
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
while true do
last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
if not id:match('^.+@.+$') or not id:match('^[^<].*[^>]$')then -- doesn't have '@' or has one or first or last character is '< or '>'
first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_message_id' ) -- add an error message if the message id is invalid
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
end
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
return text
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
last = name_has_mult_names (last, err_msg_list_name); -- check for multiple names in last and its aliases
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
end
else -- we have last with or without a first
link_title_ok (link, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-link' .. i, last, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-last' .. i); -- check for improper wikimarkup


This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
 
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
]]
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
 
end
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
if is_set(title_type) then
if "none" == title_type then
title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
end
end
if "없음" == title_type then -- 로컬
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
title_type = ""; -- 로컬
end -- 로컬
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
end
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
end


return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------
end


--[[--------------------------< C L E A N _ I S B N >----------------------------------------------------------
Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code.


Removes irrelevant text and dashes from ISBN number
Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code.  Because case of the source may be incorrect
Similar to that used for Special:BookSources
or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is
found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code.  When there is no match, we
return the original language name string.


]]
mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') return a list of languages that in some cases may include
extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support
code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'.


local function clean_isbn( isbn_str )
Names but that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter.  For example,
return isbn_str:gsub( "[^-0-9X]", "" );
if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'.  When names are found
end
and the associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the Wikimedia language name.


--[[--------------------------< E S C A P E _ L U A _ M A G I C _ C H A R S >----------------------------------
Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.


Returns a string where all of lua's magic characters have been escaped.  This is important because functions like
string.gsub() treat their pattern and replace strings as patterns, not literal strings.
]]
]]
local function escape_lua_magic_chars (argument)
 
argument = argument:gsub("%%", "%%%%"); -- replace % with %%
local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code)
argument = argument:gsub("([%^%$%(%)%.%[%]%*%+%-%?])", "%%%1"); -- replace all other lua magic pattern characters
local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(this_wiki_code, 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
return argument;
-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons
for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
if 2 ~= code:len() and 3 ~= code:len() then -- two- or three-character codes only; extensions not supported
return name; -- so return the name but not the code
end
return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the the code
end
end
return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for the code
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S T R I P _ A P O S T R O P H E _ M A R K U P >--------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------


Strip wiki italic and bold markup from argument so that it doesn't contaminate COinS metadata.
Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code.  If a code is recognized by MediaWiki,
This function strips common patterns of apostrophe markup.  We presume that editors who have taken the time to
use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.
markup a title have, as a result, provided valid markup. When they don't, some single apostrophes are left behind.


]]
When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for
that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no).  For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned
to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.


local function strip_apostrophe_markup (argument)
Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized.  MediaWiki does not recognize three-character
if not is_set (argument) then return argument; end
equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized bit code 'ara' is not.


while true do
This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are
if argument:match ("%'%'%'%'%'") then -- bold italic (5)
separated from each other by commas.
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'%'", ""); -- remove all instances of it
elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'%'") then -- italic start and end without content (4)
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'", "");
elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'") then -- bold (3)
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'", "");
elseif argument:match ("%'%'") then -- italic (2)
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'", "");
else
break;
end
end
return argument; -- done
end
 
--[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ T I T L E >----------------------------------------------
 
Makes a title for COinS from Title and / or ScriptTitle (or any other name-script pairs)


Apostrophe markup (bold, italics) is stripped from each value so that the COinS metadata isn't correupted with strings
of %27%27...
]]
]]


local function make_coins_title (title, script)
local function language_parameter (lang)
if is_set (title) then
local code; -- the two- or three-character language code
title = strip_apostrophe_markup (title); -- strip any apostrophe markup
local name; -- the language name
else
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
title=''; -- if not set, make sure title is an empty string
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=
end
if is_set (script) then
script = script:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- remove language prefix if present (script value may now be empty string)
script = strip_apostrophe_markup (script); -- strip any apostrophe markup
else
script=''; -- if not set, make sure script is an empty string
end
if is_set (title) and is_set (script) then
script = ' ' .. script; -- add a space before we concatenate
end
return title .. script; -- return the concatenation
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ C O I N S _ P A G E S >------------------------------------------------
local this_wiki = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- get a language object for this wiki
local this_wiki_code = this_wiki:getCode() -- get this wiki's language code
local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(this_wiki_code, this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name


Extract page numbers from external wikilinks in any of the |page=, |pages=, or |at= parameters for use in COinS.
names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list


]]
for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang


local function get_coins_pages (pages)
if lang:match ('^%a%a%-') then -- strip ietf language tags from code; TODO: is there a need to support 3-char with tag?
local pattern;
lang = lang:match ('(%a%a)%-') -- keep only 639-1 code portion to lang; TODO: do something with 3166 alpha 2 country code?
if not is_set (pages) then return pages; end -- if no page numbers then we're done
end
if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code
name = lang_name[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code: 로컬
end
if is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
else
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
end
while true do
if is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes
pattern = pages:match("%[(%w*:?//[^ ]+%s+)[%w%d].*%]"); -- pattern is the opening bracket, the url and following space(s): "[url "
if this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
if nil == pattern then break; end -- no more urls
if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code
pattern = escape_lua_magic_chars (pattern); -- pattern is not a literal string; escape lua's magic pattern characters
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source', {name, code}) -- categorize it
pages = pages:gsub(pattern, ""); -- remove as many instances of pattern as possible
-- else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code) -- 로컬
end
-- add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2', {code}) -- categorize it differently TODO: support mutliple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template -- 로컬
pages = pages:gsub("[%[%]]", ""); -- remove the brackets
end
pages = pages:gsub("–", "-" ); -- replace endashes with hyphens
end
pages = pages:gsub("&%w+;", "-" ); -- and replace html entities (&ndash; etc.) with hyphens; do we need to replace numerical entities like &#32; and the like?
else
return pages;
add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
end
end
 
-- Gets the display text for a wikilink like [[A|B]] or [[B]] gives B
table.insert (language_list, name);
local function remove_wiki_link( str )
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
return (str:gsub( "%[%[([^%[%]]*)%]%]", function(l)
end
return l:gsub( "^[^|]*|(.*)$", "%1" ):gsub("^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1");
end));
code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list
end
if 2 >= code then
name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names
elseif 2 < code then
language_list[code] = ', ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>'
name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators
end
if this_wiki_name == name then
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
end
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
end
 
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
 
Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings


-- Converts a hyphen to a dash
]]
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
 
if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
local function set_cs1_style (ps)
return str;
if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something
end
ps = '.'; -- terminate the rendered citation with a period
return str:gsub( '-', '–' );
end
return '.', ps; -- separator is a full stop
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------


Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings


]]
]]


local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
--[[
if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions.
ps = ''; -- make sure it isn't nil
end
This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as
if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII.  The strings
ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv
in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8.
end
]]
return ',', ps, ref; -- separator is a comma
end
local str = ''; -- the output string
 
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------
local end_chr = '';
 
local trim;
When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
rendered style.
if value == nil then value = ''; end
 
]]
if str == '' then -- if output string is empty
 
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
elseif value ~= '' then
local sep;
if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2)
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
else
else -- not a citation template so CS1
comp = value;
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
end
end
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
 
if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
return sep, ps, ref -- return them all
--   Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th
end
--   preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
 
trim = false;
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------
end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string
 
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff?
Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation.  Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.
str = str:sub(1,-2); -- remove it
 
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
]]
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
 
str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''  
local sep;
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''  
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
trim = true; -- same question
elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
end
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
else -- anything but cs1 or cs2
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
trim = true;
end
elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
if 'none' == ps:lower() or '없음' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then -- 로컬
trim = true;
ps = ''; -- set to empty string
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
end
trim = true;
end
return sep, ps, ref
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
end
if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
 
str = str:sub(1,-3); -- remove them both
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------
end
end


if trim then
Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
applying the pdf icon to external links.
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
else
value = value:sub( 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
end
end
end
str = str .. value; --add it to the output string
end
end
return str;
end 


--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extension, else false


For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters.  When a name
]=]
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.


This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
local function is_pdf (url)
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
return url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]?') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]?');
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
end
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F


|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods


At the time of this writing, I had to write the 'if nil == mw.ustring.find ...' test ouside of the code editor and paste it here
Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.
not have a matching url parameter. If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that
is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.


]]
]]


local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]*$") then
if is_set (format) then
add_vanc_error ();
format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parenthases, resize
return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver required Romanization
if not is_set (url) then
end;
format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message
return true;
end
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then
format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf
else
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
return format;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------
 
Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a boolean flag
to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.


Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc.
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
some variant of the text 'et al.').


Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true. This will cause the list_people() to display all of
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'


Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  This form is not
In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
currently supported by this code so correctly formed names like Smith JL 2nd are converted to Smith J2. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.


This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().
inputs:
max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal
count: #a or #e
list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
etal: author_etal or editor_etal


]]
]]


local function reduce_to_initials(first)
local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal)
if mw.ustring.match(first, "^%u%u$") then return first end; -- when first contains just two upper-case letters, nothing to do
if is_set (max) then
local initials = {}
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
local i = 0; -- counter for number of initials
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
for word in mw.ustring.gmatch(first, "[^%s%.%-]+") do -- names separated by spaces, hyphens, or periods
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
table.insert(initials, mw.ustring.sub(word,1,1)) -- Vancouver format does not include full stops.
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
i = i + 1; -- bump the counter
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
if 2 <= i then break; end -- only two initials allowed in Vancouver system; if 2, quit
if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', list_name);
end
else -- not a valid keyword or number
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message -- 수정 필요?
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
end
end
end
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
return max, etal;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< L I S T  _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------
 
Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp.
abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.


Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors)  
check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value:
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit
bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP


]]
]]


local function list_people(control, people, etal, list_name) -- TODO: why is list_name here?  not used in this function
local function extra_text_in_page_check (page)
local sep;
-- local good_pattern = '^P[^%.P%l]';
local namesep;
local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg?
local format = control.format
-- local bad_pattern = '^[Pp][Pp]';
local maximum = control.maximum
local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';
local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
local text = {}


if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or  page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then
sep = ','; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma
add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
namesep = ' '; -- last/first separator is a space
else
sep = ';' -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
namesep = ', ' -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
end
if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors
for i,person in ipairs(people) do
if is_set(person.last) then
local mask = person.mask
local one
local sep_one = sep;
if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
etal = true;
break;
elseif (mask ~= nil) then
local n = tonumber(mask)
if (n ~= nil) then
one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
else
one = mask;
sep_one = " ";
end
else
one = person.last
local first = person.first
if is_set(first) then
if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
end
end
one = one .. namesep .. first
end
if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
one = "[[" .. person.link .. "|" .. one .. "]]" -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
end
end
table.insert( text, one )
table.insert( text, sep_one )
end
end
end
-- if Page:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or  Page:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') or
-- Pages:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or  Pages:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') then
-- add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
-- end
end
--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------
This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
|xxxxor-linkn= in args.  It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.
This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.


local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
TODO: check for names like Coon V JS (Coon JS 5th at PMID 25205766, John S. Coon V at doi:10.1093/humupd/dmu048)?
if count > 0 then
if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
end
text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator
end
local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al.
end
return result, count
end


--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------
]]


Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise returns an empty string.
local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
local v_name_table = {};
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
local last, first, link, mask;
local corporate = false;


namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order. year is Year or anchor_year.
vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
if vparam:find ('%[%[') or vparam:find ('%]%]') then -- no wikilinking vauthors names
add_vanc_error ();
end
v_name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*") -- names are separated by commas


]]
for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
local function anchor_id (namelist, year)
if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parenthese to supress vanc formatting and error detection
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$')
names[i] = v.last
corporate = true;
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
end
local lastfirstTable = {}
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s")
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials
if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
last  = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') or mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then
else
add_vanc_error (); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing or a space between two intiials
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
end
else
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
end
if is_set (first) and not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
add_vanc_error ();
end
-- this from extract_names ()
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
end
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >----------------------------------------------------
Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.


Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al.  If found,
Only one of these appropriate three will be used.  The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.
similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest


This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by
When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.
 
Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.
 
In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate.


]]
]]


local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat)
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
local lastfirst = false;
if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a first 1 without a last1
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) then
lastfirst=true;
end


if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme
(is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or
local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers"; -- and alternate to et al.
(true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then
local err_name;
if name:match (etal_pattern) then -- variants on et al.
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
err_name = 'author';
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
else
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
err_name = 'editor';
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
end
elseif name:match (others_pattern) then -- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters',
name = name:gsub (others_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
end
end
end
return name, etal; --  
 
if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
Gets name list from the input arguments


Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.


This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.
of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty
 
in the source template) the function refurns true.  If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns
When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
true; else, emits an error message and returns false.
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps 'et al.' out of the  
template's metadata.  When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.


]]
]]


local function extract_names(args, list_name)
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible)
local names = {}; -- table of names
if not is_set (value) then
local last; -- individual name components
return true; -- an empty parameter is ok
local first;
elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then
local link;
return true;
local mask;
else
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
return false
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
 
local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary
while true do
last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
 
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
 
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
end
else -- we have last with or without a first
if is_set (link) and false == link_param_ok (link) then -- do this test here in case link is missing last
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-link' .. i )}); -- url or wikilink in author link;
end
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
end
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
end
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
end
end


--[[--------------------------< B U I L D _ I D _ L I S T >--------------------------------------------------------


Populates ID table from arguments using configuration settings. Loops through cfg.id_handlers and searches args for
--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------
any of the parameters listed in each cfg.id_handlers['...'].parameters.  If found, adds the parameter and value to
 
the identifier list. Emits redundant error message is more than one alias exists in args
This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink).  When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
single space character.


]]
]]


local function extract_ids( args )
local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
local id_list = {}; -- list of identifiers found in args
if (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
for k, v in pairs( cfg.id_handlers ) do -- k is uc identifier name as index to cfg.id_handlers; e.g. cfg.id_handlers['ISBN'], v is a table
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
v = select_one( args, v.parameters, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- v.parameters is a table of aliases for k; here we pick one from args if present
else
if is_set(v) then id_list[k] = v; end -- if found in args, add identifier to our list
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terninate the name list
end
end
return id_list;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< B U I L D _ I D _ L I S T >--------------------------------------------------------


Takes a table of IDs created by extract_ids() and turns it into a table of formatted ID outputs.
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------


inputs:
returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume
id_list – table of identifiers built by extract_ids()
or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.
options – table of various template parameter values used to modify some manually handled identifiers


]]
]]
local function build_id_list( id_list, options )
local new_list, handler = {};
function fallback(k) return { __index = function(t,i) return cfg.id_handlers[k][i] end } end;
for k, v in pairs( id_list ) do -- k is uc identifier name as index to cfg.id_handlers; e.g. cfg.id_handlers['ISBN'], v is a table
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
-- fallback to read-only cfg
if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then
handler = setmetatable( { ['id'] = v }, fallback(k) );
return '';
end
if handler.mode == 'external' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, external_link_id( handler ) } );
if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then
elseif handler.mode == 'internal' then
if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, internal_link_id( handler ) } );
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower);
elseif handler.mode ~= 'manual' then
elseif is_set (volume) then
error( cfg.messages['unknown_ID_mode'] );
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
elseif k == 'DOI' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, doi( v, options.DoiBroken ) } );
elseif k == 'ARXIV' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, arxiv( v, options.Class ) } );  
elseif k == 'ASIN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, amazon( v, options.ASINTLD ) } );
elseif k == 'LCCN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, lccn( v ) } );
elseif k == 'OL' or k == 'OLA' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, openlibrary( v ) } );
elseif k == 'PMC' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmc( v, options.Embargo ) } );
elseif k == 'PMID' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmid( v ) } );
elseif k == 'ISMN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ismn( v ) } );
elseif k == 'ISSN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, issn( v ) } );
elseif k == 'ISBN' then
local ISBN = internal_link_id( handler );
if not check_isbn( v ) and not is_set(options.IgnoreISBN) then
ISBN = ISBN .. set_error( 'bad_isbn', {}, false, " ", "" );
end
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ISBN } );
elseif k == 'USENETID' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, message_id( v ) } );
else
else
error( cfg.messages['unknown_manual_ID'] );
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
end
end
end
end
function comp( a, b ) -- used in following table.sort()
local vol = '';
return a[1] < b[1];
end
if is_set (volume) then
if (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then
table.sort( new_list, comp );
vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume});
for k, v in ipairs( new_list ) do
else
new_list[k] = v[2];
vol = wrap_style ('vol-bold', hyphen_to_dash(volume));
end
end
end
return new_list;
if is_set (issue) then
return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
end
return vol;
end
end
 
--[[--------------------------< C O I N S _ C L E A N U P >----------------------------------------------------


Cleanup parameter values for the metadata by removing or replacing invisible characters and certain html entities.


2015-12-10: there is a bug in mw.text.unstripNoWiki ().  It replaced math stripmarkers with the appropriate content
when it shouldn't.  See https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T121085 and Wikipedia_talk:Lua#stripmarkers_and_mw.text.unstripNoWiki.28.29


TODO: move the replacement patterns and replacement values into a table in /Configuration similar to the invisible
characters table?
]]


local function coins_cleanup (value)
value = mw.text.unstripNoWiki (value); -- replace nowiki stripmarkers with their content
value = value:gsub ('<span class="nowrap" style="padding%-left:0%.1em;">&#39;s</span>', "'s"); -- replace {{'s}} template with simple apostrophe-s
value = value:gsub ('&zwj;\226\128\138\039\226\128\139', "'"); -- replace {{'}} with simple apostrophe
value = value:gsub ('\226\128\138\039\226\128\139', "'"); -- replace {{'}} with simple apostrophe (as of 2015-12-11)
value = value:gsub ('&nbsp;', ' '); -- replace &nbsp; entity with plain space
value = value:gsub ('\226\128\138', ' '); -- replace hair space with plain space
value = value:gsub ('&zwj;', ''); -- remove &zwj; entities
value = value:gsub ('[\226\128\141\226\128\139]', '') -- remove zero-width joiner, zero-width space
value = value:gsub ('[\194\173\009\010\013]', ' '); -- replace soft hyphen, horizontal tab, line feed, carriage return with plain space
return value;
end


--[[--------------------------< C O I N S >--------------------------------------------------------------------


COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) allows automated tools to parse the citation information.
--[[-------------------------< N O R M A L I Z E _ P A G E _ L I S T >-----------------------------------------
 
not currently used
 
normalizes a comma, ampersand, and/or space separated list to be '<value>, <value>, ..., <value>'
returns list unchanged if there are no commas else strips whitespace and then reformats the list


]]
--[[
local function normalize_page_list (list)
if not list:find ('[,& ]') then return list end -- if list is not delimited with commas, ampersands, or spaces; done
list = mw.text.split (list, '[,&%s]+'); -- make a table of values
list = table.concat (list, ', '); -- and now make a normalized list
return list;
end
]]
]]


local function COinS(data, class)
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------
if 'table' ~= type(data) or nil == next(data) then
return '';
end


for k, v in pairs (data) do -- spin through all of the metadata parameter values
adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
if 'ID_list' ~= k and 'Authors' ~= k then -- except the ID_list and Author tables (author nowiki stripmarker done when Author table processed)
The return order is:
data[k] = coins_cleanup (v);
page, pages, sheet, sheets
end
end


local ctx_ver = "Z39.88-2004";
Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.
-- treat table strictly as an array with only set values.
local OCinSoutput = setmetatable( {}, {
__newindex = function(self, key, value)
if is_set(value) then
rawset( self, #self+1, table.concat{ key, '=', mw.uri.encode( remove_wiki_link( value ) ) } );
end
end
});
if in_array (class, {'arxiv', 'journal', 'news'}) or (in_array (class, {'conference', 'interview', 'map', 'press release', 'web'}) and is_set(data.Periodical)) or
('citation' == class and is_set(data.Periodical) and not is_set (data.Encyclopedia)) then
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal"; -- journal metadata identifier
if 'arxiv' == class then -- set genre according to the type of citation template we are rendering
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "preprint"; -- cite arxiv
elseif 'conference' == class then
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "conference"; -- cite conference (when Periodical set)
elseif 'web' == class then
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "unknown"; -- cite web (when Periodical set)
else
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article"; -- journal and other 'periodical' articles
end
OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical; -- journal only
if is_set (data.Map) then
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Map; -- for a map in a periodical
else
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title; -- all other 'periodical' article titles
end
-- these used onlu for periodicals
OCinSoutput["rft.ssn"] = data.Season; -- keywords: winter, spring, summer, fall
OCinSoutput["rft.chron"] = data.Chron; -- free-form date components
OCinSoutput["rft.volume"] = data.Volume; -- does not apply to books
OCinSoutput["rft.issue"] = data.Issue;
OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages; -- also used in book metadata


elseif 'thesis' ~= class then -- all others except cite thesis are treated as 'book' metadata; genre distinguishes
]]
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book"; -- book metadata identifier
 
if 'report' == class or 'techreport' == class then -- cite report and cite techreport
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "report";
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
elseif 'conference' == class then -- cite conference when Periodical not set
if is_set (sheet) then
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "conference";
if 'journal' == origin then
elseif in_array (class, {'book', 'citation', 'encyclopaedia', 'interview', 'map'}) then
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
if is_set (data.Chapter) then
else
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "bookitem";
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter; -- book chapter, encyclopedia article, interview in a book, or map title
end
elseif is_set (sheets) then
if 'journal' == origin then
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
else
else
if 'map' == class or 'interview' == class then
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = 'unknown'; -- standalone map or interview
else
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = 'book'; -- book and encyclopedia
end
end
end
else --{'audio-visual', 'AV-media-notes', 'DVD-notes', 'episode', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'newsgroup', 'podcast', 'press release', 'serial', 'sign', 'speech', 'web'}
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "unknown";
end
OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title; -- book only
OCinSoutput["rft.place"] = data.PublicationPlace; -- book only
OCinSoutput["rft.series"] = data.Series; -- book only
OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages; -- book, journal
OCinSoutput["rft.edition"] = data.Edition; -- book only
OCinSoutput["rft.pub"] = data.PublisherName; -- book and dissertation
else -- cite thesis
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:dissertation"; -- dissertation metadata identifier
OCinSoutput["rft.title"] = data.Title; -- dissertation (also patent but that is not yet supported)
OCinSoutput["rft.degree"] = data.Degree; -- dissertation only
OCinSoutput['rft.inst'] = data.PublisherName; -- book and dissertation
end
-- and now common parameters (as much as possible)
OCinSoutput["rft.date"] = data.Date; -- book, journal, dissertation
for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do -- what to do about these? For now assume that they are common to all?
if k == 'ISBN' then v = clean_isbn( v ) end
local id = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS;
if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then -- for ids that are in the info:registry
OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v };
elseif string.sub (id or "", 1, 3 ) == 'rft' then -- for isbn, issn, eissn, etc that have defined COinS keywords
OCinSoutput[ id ] = v;
elseif id then -- when cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS is not nil
OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ cfg.id_handlers[k].prefix, v }; -- others; provide a url
end
end
end
end


--[[
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'journal' == origin);
for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do -- what to do about these? For now assume that they are common to all?
local is_news = 'news' == cite_class; -- 로컬
local id, value = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS;
 
if k == 'ISBN' then value = clean_isbn( v ); else value = v; end
if is_set (page) then
if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then
if is_journal then
OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v };
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
elseif is_news then -- 로컬
return substitute (cfg.messages['n-page(s)'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; -- 로컬
elseif not nopp then
return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
else
else
OCinSoutput[ id ] = value;
return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
end
end
end
elseif is_set(pages) then
]]
if is_journal then
local last, first;
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
for k, v in ipairs( data.Authors ) do
elseif is_news then -- 로컬
last, first = coins_cleanup (v.last), coins_cleanup (v.first or ''); -- replace any nowiki strip markers, non-printing or invisible characers
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['n-page(s)'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; -- 로컬
if k == 1 then -- for the first author name only
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
if is_set(last)  and is_set(first) then -- set these COinS values if |first= and |last= specify the first author name
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
OCinSoutput["rft.aulast"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation
elseif not nopp then
OCinSoutput["rft.aufirst"] = first; -- book, journal, dissertation
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
elseif is_set(last) then
else
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation -- otherwise use this form for the first name
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
end
else -- for all other authors
if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = table.concat{ last, ", ", first }; -- book, journal, dissertation
elseif is_set(last) then
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation
end
end
end
end
end
OCinSoutput.rft_id = data.URL;
OCinSoutput.rfr_id = table.concat{ "info:sid/", mw.site.server:match( "[^/]*$" ), ":", data.RawPage };
OCinSoutput = setmetatable( OCinSoutput, nil );
-- sort with version string always first, and combine.
return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings
table.sort( OCinSoutput );
table.insert( OCinSoutput, 1, "ctx_ver=" .. ctx_ver ); -- such as "Z39.88-2004"
return table.concat(OCinSoutput, "&");
end
end




--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------
--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------
 
Check archive.org urls to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the
save snapshot url.  When the archive url is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...) archive.org saves a snapshot
of the target page in the url.  That is something that Wikipedia should not allow unwitting readers to do.


Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 code. Handles the special case that is Norwegian where
When the archive.org url does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
ISO639-1 code 'no' is mapped to language name 'Norwegian Bokmål' by Extention:CLDR.
algorithm or provides a 'search' result.  [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.


Returns the language name and associated ISO639-1 code.  Because case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that Wikimedia
This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along
|archive-date= and an error message when:
with the code.  When there is no match, we return the original language name string.
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command url
|archive-url= is an archive.org url that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the correct place
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=


mw.language.fetchLanguageNames() will return a list of languages that aren't part of ISO639-1. Names that aren't ISO639-1 but that are included
There are two mostly compatible archive.org urls:
in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter. For example, if |language=Samaritan Aramaic, that name will be
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form
found with the associated code 'sam', not an ISO639-1 code.  When names are found and the associated code is not two characters, this function
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form
returns only the Wikimedia language name.


Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.
The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag.  There are four identified flags
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.


]]
]=]


local function get_iso639_code (lang)
local function archive_url_check (url, date)
-- if 'norwegian' == lang:lower() then -- special case related to Wikimedia remap of code 'no' at Extension:CLDR -- 로컬
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty
-- return 'Norwegian', 'no'; -- Make sure rendered version is properly capitalized -- 로컬
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.or url
-- end -- 로컬
local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames('ko', 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia -- 로컬
if not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/') then
-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return archiveURL and ArchiveDate
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons
end
 
if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command url, we don't want to allow saving of the target page
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {'save command'}, true ) } ); -- add error message
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
 
if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/web/%*/') or url:match('//web%.archive%.org/%*/') then -- wildcard with or without 'web/' path element
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {'wildcard'}, true ) } ); -- add error message and
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the url parts for evaluation
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
 
if 2 ~= code:len() then -- ISO639-1 codes only
if not is_set(timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
return name; -- so return the name but not the code
err_msg = 'timestamp';
end
elseif is_set(path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive urls do not have the extra 'web/' path element
return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the ISO639-1 code
err_msg = 'path';
end
elseif is_set (flag) and not is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form url (without the 'web/' path element)
err_msg = 'flag';
elseif is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
err_msg = 'flag';
else
return url, date; -- return archiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
end
return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for ISO639-1 code
-- if here something not right so
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
end


--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------


Get language name from ISO639-1 code value provided.  If a code is valid use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.
--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------


There is an exception. There are three ISO639-1 codes for Norewegian language variants.  There are two official variants: Norwegian Bokmål (code 'nb') and
Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
Norwegian Nynorsk (code 'nn').  The third, code 'no',  is defined by ISO639-1 as 'Norwegian' though in Norway this is pretty much meaningless.  However, it appears
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters.  If found, then the string is possibly a
that on enwiki, editors are for the most part unaware of the nb and nn variants (compare page counts for these variants at Category:Articles with non-English-language external links.
parameter that is missing its pipe:
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}}


Because Norwegian Bokmål is the most common language variant, Media wiki has been modified to return Norwegian Bokmål for ISO639-1 code 'no'. Here we undo that and
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with xml/html atributes: class=, title=, etc.  To prevent false positives xml/html
return 'Norwegian' when editors use |language=no.  We presume that editors don't know about the variants or can't descriminate between them.
tags are removed before the search.


See Help talk:Citation Style_1#An ISO 639-1 language name test
If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.


When |language= contains a valid ISO639-1 code, the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no) if
]]
the page is a mainspace page and the ISO639-1 code is not 'en'.  Similarly, if the  parameter is |language=Norwegian, it will be categorized in the same way.


This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas.
local function missing_pipe_check (value)
local capture;
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove xml/html tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc


]]
capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%a%d]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%a%d]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
add_maint_cat ('missing_pipe');
end
end


local function language_parameter (lang)
local code; -- the ISO639-1 two character code
local name; -- the language name
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=


names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
 
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
 
]]
 
local function citation0( config, args)
--[[
Load Input Parameters
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
]]
local A = argument_wrapper( args );
local i


for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
local author_etal;
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
local Authors;
local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat'];
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];


if lang:match ('^%a%a%-') then -- strip ietf language tags from code
do -- to limit scope of selected
lang = lang:match ('(%a%a)%-') -- keep only 639-1 code portion to lang; TODO: do something with 3166 alpha 2 country code?
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
if 1 == selected then
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
end
end
if 2 == lang:len() then -- ISO639-1 language code are 2 characters (fetchLanguageName also supports 3 character codes)
if is_set (Collaboration) then
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), "ko" ); -- get ISO 639-1 language name if Language is a proper code -- 로컬
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
end
end
if is_set (name) then -- if Language specified a valid ISO639-1 code
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
else
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
end
if is_set (code) then
if 'no' == code then name = '노르웨이어' end; -- override wikimedia when code is 'no' -- 로컬
if 'ko' ~= code then -- English not the language -- 로컬
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source', {name, code})
end
else
add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
end
table.insert (language_list, name);
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
end
code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list
if 2 >= code then
name = table.concat (language_list, ' and ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names
elseif 2 < code then
language_list[code] = 'and ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>'
name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators
end
if '한국어' == name then -- 로컬
return ''; -- if one language and that language is English return an empty string (no annotation)
end
end
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
local Coauthors = A['Coauthors'];
local Others = A['Others'];


Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings
local editor_etal;
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
local Editors;


]]
do -- to limit scope of selected
 
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList');
local function set_cs1_style (ps)
if 1 == selected then
if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
ps = '.'; -- terminate the rendered citation with a period
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors=
end
end
end
return '.', ps; -- separator is a full stop
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
local Contribution = A['Contribution'];
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
if 0 < #c then
if not is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
end
else -- if not a book cite
if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message
end
Contribution = nil; -- unset
end


Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings
if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, '이름목록형식', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc' -- 로컬
NameListFormat = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
end


]]
local Year = A['Year'];
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
local Date = A['Date'];
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
------------------------------------------------- Get title data
local Title = A['Title'];
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
local Conference = A['Conference'];
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wikimarkup in |title-link= or wikimarkup in |title= when |title-link= is set


local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
local NoBracket = A['NoBracket'] -- 로컬
if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
ps = ''; -- make sure it isn't nil
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
end
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
end
local Degree = A['Degree'];
return ',', ps, ref; -- separator is a comma
local Docket = A['Docket'];
end
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------
local ArchiveDate;
local ArchiveURL;


When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
rendered style.
-- local ArchiveDate = A['ArchiveDate'];
-- local ArchiveURL = A['ArchiveURL'];
-- if ArchiveURL:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if an archive.org save command url, we don't want to save target page ...
-- ArchiveURL = ''; -- every time a reader clicks the link so
-- ArchiveDate = ''; -- unset these
-- table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_save', {}, true ) } ); -- and add error message
-- end
local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, '깨진링크', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then -- set in config.defaults to 'yes' -- 로컬
DeadURL = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
end
 
local URL = A['URL']
local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter


]]
local Series = A['Series'];
local Volume;
local Issue;
local Page;
local Pages;
local At;


local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) and not ('conference' == config.CitationClass and not is_set (Periodical)) then
local sep;
Volume = A['Volume'];
if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2)
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
else -- not a citation template so CS1
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
end
end
 
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) and not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map'}) and not is_set (Periodical))then
return sep, ps, ref -- return them all
Issue = A['Issue'];
end
 
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------
 
Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation. Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.
 
]]
 
local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
local sep;
if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
else -- anything but cs1 or cs2
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
end
end
if 'none' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then
local Position = '';
ps = ''; -- set to empty string
if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
Page = A['Page'];
Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] );
At = A['At'];
end
end
if '없음' == ps:lower() then -- 로컬 시작
 
ps = '';
local Edition = A['Edition'];
end -- 로컬 끝
local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
local Place = A['Place'];
return sep, ps, ref
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
end
local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, '등록', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then -- 로컬
RegistrationRequired=nil;
end
local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, '구독', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then -- 로컬
SubscriptionRequired=nil;
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------
local Via = A['Via'];
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
local Agency = A['Agency'];


Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
local Language = A['Language'];
applying the pdf icon to external links.
local Format = A['Format'];
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
local ID = A['ID'];
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'isbn오류무시', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then -- 로컬
IgnoreISBN = nil; -- anything else, set to empty string
end
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier


returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extension, else false
local ID_list = extract_ids( args );


]=]
local Quote = A['Quote'];


local function is_pdf (url)
local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
return url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]?') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]?');
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
end
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL


--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------
local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
 
if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, '저자앰퍼샌드', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then -- 로컬
Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
LastAuthorAmp = nil; -- set to empty string
not have a matching url parameter.  If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that
end
is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
the appropriate styling.
if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, '분류없음', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then -- 로컬
 
no_tracking_cats = nil; -- set to empty string
]]
 
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
if is_set (format) then
format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parenthases, resize
if not is_set (url) then
format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message
end
end
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then
format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf
else
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
return format;
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------
--these are used by cite interview
local Callsign = A['Callsign'];
local City = A['City'];
local Program = A['Program'];


Returns a number that may or may not limit the length of the author or editor name lists.
--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification


When the value assigned to |display-authors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
local DF = A['DF']; -- date format set in cs1|2 template
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DF, 'df', cfg.keywords['date-format']) then -- validate reformatting keyword
some variant of the text 'et al.').
DF = ''; -- not valid, set to empty string
end


When the value assigned to |display-authors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter.  If |mode= is empty or omitted, use CitationClass to set these values
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true. This will cause the list_people() to display all of
local Mode = A['Mode'];
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'
if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, '모드', cfg.keywords['mode']) then -- 로컬
Mode = '';
end
local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
local PostScript;
local Ref;
sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text
 
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------


In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages). -- 로컬 위에서 통째로 옮김


]]
]]


local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal)
local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes)
if is_set (max) then
local chapter_error = '';
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
if not is_set (chapter) then
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
else
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
if false == no_quotes then
if max >= count and 'authors' == list_name then -- AUTHORS ONLY -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', list_name);
if "yes" == NoBracket or "true" == NoBracket or "y" == NoBracket or "예" == NoBracket or "참" == NoBracket then -- 로컬 시작
end
chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
else -- not a valid keyword or number
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message
chapter = wrap_style ('single-bracket', chapter);
max = nil; -- unset
end -- 로컬 끝
end
end
elseif 'authors' == list_name then -- AUTHORS ONLY need to clear implicit et al category
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1
end
end
return max, etal;
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------
chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter) -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped


Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp.  
if is_set (transchapter) then
abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.
transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
if is_set (chapter) then
chapter = chapter ..  ' ' .. transchapter;
else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter
chapter = transchapter; --
chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'장'}); -- 로컬
end
end


check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value:
if is_set (chapterurl) then
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit
chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP
end


]]
return chapter .. chapter_error;
 
local function extra_text_in_page_check (page)
-- local good_pattern = '^P[^%.P%l]';
local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg?
-- local bad_pattern = '^[Pp][Pp]';
local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';
 
if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or  page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then
add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
end
-- if Page:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or  Page:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') or
-- Pages:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or  Pages:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') then
-- add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
-- end
end
end


--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
end
for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
break; -- bail out if one is found
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
 
select_one( args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category
This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
|xxxxor-linkn= in args.  It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.


Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
local NoPP = A['NoPP']
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, '쪽숨김', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then -- 로컬
tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.
NoPP = true;
else
NoPP = nil; -- unset, used as a flag later
end


This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.
if is_set(Page) then
 
if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
]]
Pages = ''; -- unset the others
 
At = '';
local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
end
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
extra_text_in_page_check (Page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
local v_name_table = {};
elseif is_set(Pages) then
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
if is_set(At) then
local last, first, link, mask;
At = ''; -- unset
local corporate = false;
end
extra_text_in_page_check (Pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
end


vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
if vparam:find ('%[%[') or vparam:find ('%]%]') then -- no wikilinking vauthors names
if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
add_vanc_error ();
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
end
end
v_name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*") -- names are separated by commas
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
--[[
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
When the citation has these parameters:
|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title
 
|trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped
|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped
 
All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified


for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
]]
if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parenthese to supress vanc formatting and error detection
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$')
corporate = true;
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
    lastfirstTable = {}
    lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s")
    first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials
    last  = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials
    if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') or mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then
add_vanc_error (); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing or a space between two intiials
end
else
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
end
if is_set (first) and not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
add_vanc_error ();
end
-- this from extract_names ()
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
end


--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];


Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation
select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.
if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
 
if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then
Only one of these appropriate three will be used.  The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and
if not is_set(Chapter) then
similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then
Chapter= '[[' .. TitleLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]';
end
Title = Periodical;
ChapterFormat = Format;
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
Format = '';
TitleLink = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
end
else -- |title not set
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
end
end
end


When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
-- Special case for cite techreport.
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.
if is_set(A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});
end
end
end


Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.
-- special case for cite interview
 
if (config.CitationClass == "interview") then
In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate.
if is_set(Program) then
 
if "yes" == NoBracket or "true" == NoBracket or "y" == NoBracket or "예" == NoBracket or "참" == NoBracket then -- 로컬 시작
]]
ID = " ''" .. Program .. "''"
 
else
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
ID = " &ldquo;" .. Program .. "&rdquo;";
local lastfirst = false;
end -- 로컬 끝
if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a first 1 without a last1
end
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) then
if is_set(Callsign) then
lastfirst=true;
if is_set(ID) then
end
ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. Callsign;
 
else
if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
ID = ' ' .. Callsign;
(is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or
end
(true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then
end
local err_name;
if is_set(City) then
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
if is_set(ID) then
err_name = 'author';
ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. City;
else
else
err_name = 'editor';
ID = ' ' .. City;
end
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters',
end
{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end


if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
if is_set(Others) then
if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
if is_set(TitleType) then
if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
Others = ' ' .. Others .. '와의 ' .. TitleType; -- 로컬 수정 필요
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
TitleType = '';
end
else
Others = ' ' .. '인터뷰어: ' .. Others; -- 로컬
end
else
Others = '(인터뷰)'; -- 로컬
end
end


 
-- special case for cite mailing list
--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------
if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
 
Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
elseif 'mailinglist' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then
of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc).  When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty
Periodical = ''; -- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list
in the source template) the function refurns true.  If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns
true; else, emits an error message and returns false.
 
]]
 
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible)
if not is_set (value) then
return true; -- an empty parameter is ok
elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then
return true;
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message
return false
end
end
end


 
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
 
if is_set(BookTitle) then
This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
Chapter = Title;
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink). When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
ChapterURL = URL;
single space character.
ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
 
URLorigin = '';
]]
ChapterFormat = Format;
 
TransChapter = TransTitle;
local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
Title = BookTitle;
if (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
Format = '';
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
-- TitleLink = '';
else
TransTitle = '';
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terninate the name list
URL = '';
end
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
end
end
end


-- cite map oddities
local Cartography = "";
local Scale = "";
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
Chapter = A['Map'];
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
if is_set( Cartography ) then
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
end
Scale = A['Scale'];
if is_set( Scale ) then
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
end
end
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];


--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------
link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wikimarkup in |series-link= or wikimarkup in |series= when |series-link= is set
 
returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume
or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.


]]
local Network = A['Network'];
local Station = A['Station'];
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
local s, n = {}, {};
if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then
-- do common parameters first
return '';
if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
end
if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then
if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower);
elseif is_set (volume) then
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
else
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
end
end
local vol = '';
if is_set (volume) then
if not is_set (Date) and is_set (AirDate) then -- promote airdate to date
if (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then
Date = AirDate;
vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume});
else
vol = wrap_style ('vol-bold', hyphen_to_dash(volume));
end
end
end
if is_set (issue) then
return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
end
return vol;
end


if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
local Season = A['Season'];
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];


--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------
if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
end
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number


adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
The return order is:
Chapter = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]'; -- ok to wikilink
page, pages, sheet, sheets
elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
 
Series = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]'; -- series links with ChapterLink (episodelink -> TitleLink -> ChapterLink) ugly
Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.
 
]]
 
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
if is_set (sheet) then
if 'journal' == origin then
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
else
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
end
end
elseif is_set (sheets) then
URL = ''; -- unset
if 'journal' == origin then
TransTitle = '';
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
ScriptTitle = '';
else
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
Series = '[[' .. SeriesLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]';
end
end
end
Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
end
end
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff


local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'journal' == origin);
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, before generation of COinS data.
local is_news = 'news' == cite_class; -- 로컬
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then
if not is_set (ID_list['ARXIV']) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
elseif is_set (Series) then -- series is an alias of version
ID_list['ARXIV'] = ID_list['ARXIV'] .. Series; -- concatenate version onto the end of the arxiv identifier
Series = ''; -- unset
deprecated_parameter ('version'); -- deprecated parameter but only for cite arxiv
end
if first_set ({AccessDate, At, Chapter, Format, Page, Pages, Periodical, PublisherName, URL, -- a crude list of parameters that are not supported by cite arxiv
ID_list['ASIN'], ID_list['BIBCODE'], ID_list['DOI'], ID_list['ISBN'], ID_list['ISSN'],
ID_list['JFM'], ID_list['JSTOR'], ID_list['LCCN'], ID_list['MR'], ID_list['OCLC'], ID_list['OL'],
ID_list['OSTI'], ID_list['PMC'], ID_list['PMID'], ID_list['RFC'], ID_list['SSRN'], ID_list['USENETID'], ID_list['ZBL']},27) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_params_not_supported', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message


if is_set (page) then
AccessDate= ''; -- set these to empty string; not supported in cite arXiv
if is_journal then
PublisherName = ''; -- (if the article has been published, use cite journal, or other)
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
Chapter = '';
elseif is_news then -- 로컬
URL = '';
return substitute (cfg.messages['n-page(s)'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; -- 로컬
Format = '';
elseif not nopp then
Page = ''; Pages = ''; At = '';
return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
else
return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
end
end
elseif is_set(pages) then
Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
if is_journal then
end
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
 
elseif is_news then -- 로컬
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
return substitute (cfg.messages['n-page(s)'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; -- 로컬
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "DVD-notes", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
elseif not nopp then
TitleType = Degree .. " thesis";
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
else
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
end
end
end
end
return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings
end


--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
end
 
-- legacy: promote concatenation of |month=, and |year= to Date if Date not set; or, promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
if not is_set (Date) then
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
if is_set(Date) then -- 로컬 시작
local Month = A['Month'];
if is_set(Month) then
Date = yearcheck(Date) .. "년" .. " " .. monthcheck(Month) .. "월";
end
elseif is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
end -- 로컬 끝
end


This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
 
--[[
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
we get the date used in the metadata.


Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
]]
]]
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
local error_message = '';
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
local date_parameters_list = {['access-date']=AccessDate, ['archive-date']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi-broken-date']=DoiBroken,
['embargo']=Embargo, ['lay-date']=LayDate, ['publication-date']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year}; -- 수정 필요? 변경 시 CTIEREF 작동 안 함


local function citation0( config, args)
anchor_year, Embargo, error_message = dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date);
--[[
Load Input Parameters
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
]]
local A = argument_wrapper( args );
local i


-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
local author_etal;
if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message
local Authors;
error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message
local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat'];
end
error_message = error_message .. '&#124;연도=와 &#124;날짜=가 일치하지 않음'; -- 로컬
elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date=
add_maint_cat ('date_year');
end
end


do -- to limit scope of selected
if is_set(error_message) then
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
if 1 == selected then
elseif is_set (DF) then
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
if reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF, false) then -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
elseif 2 == selected then
AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date']; -- overwrite date holding parameters with reformatted values
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'];
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
Date = date_parameters_list['date'];
elseif 3 == selected then
DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'];
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'];
PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'];
end
end
end
end
end -- end of do


local Coauthors = A['Coauthors'];
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set.  Do this after date check but before COInS.
local Others = A['Others'];
-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo); --


local editor_etal;
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
local Editors;
URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
end
end


do -- to limit scope of selected
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList');
-- Test if citation has no title
if 1 == selected then
if not is_set(Title) and
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
not is_set(TransTitle) and
elseif 2 == selected then
not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this?
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'시리즈'}, true ) } ); -- 로컬
elseif 3 == selected then
else
Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'제목'}, true ) } ); -- 로컬
end
end
end
if 'none' == Title or '없음' == Title and in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then -- special case for journal cites -- 로컬
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
add_maint_cat ('untitled');
end
end


local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters contains a URL
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list
['title']=Title,
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
[A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter,
[A:ORIGIN('Periodical')]=Periodical,
[A:ORIGIN('PublisherName')] = PublisherName
});
 
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
local Contribution = A['Contribution'];
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
coins_title = Periodical;
if 0 < #c then
if not is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
end
else -- if not a book cite
if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message
end
end
Contribution = nil; -- unset
end
end
 
local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au
if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
NameListFormat = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
coins_author = c; -- use that instead
end
end


local Year = A['Year'];
-- this is the function call to COinS()
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
local OCinSoutput = COinS({
local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
['Periodical'] = Periodical,
local Date = A['Date'];
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia,
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
------------------------------------------------- Get title data
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
local Title = A['Title'];
['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
-- local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'] -- 로컬
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
local Conference = A['Conference'];
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
['Chron'] =  COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
['Series'] = Series,
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
['Volume'] = Volume,
if is_set (TitleLink) and false == link_param_ok (TitleLink) then
['Issue'] = Issue,
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', A:ORIGIN('TitleLink'))}); -- url or wikilink in |title-link=;
['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links
['Edition'] = Edition,
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
['Authors'] = coins_author,
['ID_list'] = ID_list,
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
}, config.CitationClass);
 
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, AFTER generation of COinS data.
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, now unset so it isn't displayed
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in cite arxiv; if article has been published, use cite journal
end
 
-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
if is_set (PublisherName) then
PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, A:ORIGIN('PublisherName') ));
end
end
end


local NoBracket = A['NoBracket'] -- 로컬
local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
-- local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'] -- 로컬
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
local Degree = A['Degree'];
local Docket = A['Docket'];
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
local ArchiveURL = A['ArchiveURL'];
local URL = A['URL']
local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter


local Series = A['Series'];
local Volume;
local Issue;
local Page;
local Pages;
local At;


if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) and not ('conference' == config.CitationClass and not is_set (Periodical)) then
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
Volume = A['Volume'];
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
end
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) and not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map'}) and not is_set (Periodical))then
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
Issue = A['Issue'];
do
end
local last_first_list;
local Position = '';
-- local maximum;
if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
local control = {
Page = A['Page'];
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] );
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
At = A['At'];
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
end
page_name = this_page.text -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
};
 
do -- do editor name list first because coauthors can modify control table
control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);
 
if is_set (Editors) then
if editor_etal then
Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
else
EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
end
else
Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end


local Edition = A['Edition'];
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
local Place = A['Place'];
end
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
RegistrationRequired=nil;
end
end
local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
do -- now do translators
if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
control.maximum = #t; -- number of translators
SubscriptionRequired=nil;
Translators = list_people(control, t, false); -- et al not currently supported
end
end
do -- now do contributors
control.maximum = #c; -- number of contributors
Contributors = list_people(control, c, false); -- et al not currently supported
end
do -- now do authors
control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal);
if is_set(Coauthors) then -- if the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting.
control.lastauthoramp = nil;
control.maximum = #a + 1;
end
last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);


local Via = A['Via'];
if is_set (Authors) then
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
local ArchiveDate = A['ArchiveDate'];
if author_etal then
local Agency = A['Agency'];
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
end
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then -- set in config.defaults to 'yes'
else
DeadURL = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
end -- end of do
if is_set (Authors) and is_set (Collaboration) then
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al.
end
end


local Language = A['Language'];
if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then -- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified
local Format = A['Format'];
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } ); -- emit error message
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
local ID = A['ID'];
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
IgnoreISBN = nil; -- anything else, set to empty string
end
end
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
end
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier


local ID_list = extract_ids( args );
-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');


local Quote = A['Quote'];
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
end


local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
if not is_set(URL) then
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
 
local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
LastAuthorAmp = nil; -- set to empty string
end
end
local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
no_tracking_cats = nil; -- set to empty string
if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
AccessDate = '';
end
end
end


--these are used by cite interview
local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat; -- TODO: swap chapter and title here so that archive applies to most specific if both are set?
local Callsign = A['Callsign'];
DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
local City = A['City'];
if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
local Program = A['Program'];
if is_set (ChapterURL) then -- swapped -- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
 
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin; -- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |format=
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
if 'no' ~= DeadURL or '아니오' ~= DeadURL or '거짓' ~= DeadURL then -- 로컬
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive-url parameter for error messages
 
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter.  If |mode= is empty or omitted, use CitationClass to set these values
end
local Mode = A['Mode'];
elseif is_set (URL) then
if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode']) then
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
Mode = '';
OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin; -- name of url parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
if 'no' ~= DeadURL or '아니오' ~= DeadURL or '거짓' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it -- 로컬
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
end
end
end
end
local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
local PostScript;
local Ref;
sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
local chap_param;
if is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
elseif is_set (TransChapter) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter')
else is_set (ChapterFormat)
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
end


Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
if is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages). -- 로컬 위에서 통째로 옮김
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
TransChapter = '';
ChapterURL = '';
ScriptChapter = '';
ChapterFormat = '';
end
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
end
end


]]
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
if is_set (Chapter) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title
end
Chapter = Chapter.. sepc .. ' ';
elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
end
end


local function format_chapter_title (chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes) -- 로컬
-- Format main title.
local chapter_error = '';
if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
Title = "[[" .. TitleLink .. "|" .. Title .. "]]"
end
 
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'arxiv'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
if not is_set (chapter) then
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
else
else
if false == no_quotes then
if "yes" == NoBracket or "true" == NoBracket or "y" == NoBracket or "예" == NoBracket or "참" == NoBracket then -- 로컬 시작
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
Title = wrap_style ('italic-title2', Title);
if "yes" == NoBracket or "true" == NoBracket or "y" == NoBracket or "예" == NoBracket or "참" == NoBracket then -- 로컬 시작
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle);
else
else
chapter = wrap_style ('single-bracket', chapter);
Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
end -- 로컬 끝
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
end
TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle);
end -- 로컬 끝
end
end


-- chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter) -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped -- 로컬
local TransError = "";
 
if is_set(TransTitle) then
if is_set (transchapter) then
if is_set(Title) then
transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
if is_set (chapter) then
else
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. transchapter;
TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'제목'} ); -- 로컬
else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter
chapter = transchapter; --
chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'});
end
end
end
end
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
if is_set(Title) then
if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then
Title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin ) .. TransError .. Format;
-- this experiment hidden 2016-04-10; see Help_talk:Citation_Style_1#Recycled_urls
-- local temp_title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin ) .. TransError .. Format; -- do this so we get error message even if url is usurped no archive
-- if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit no archive', 'usurped no archive'}) then -- when url links to inappropriate location and there is no archive of original source available
-- local err_msg
-- if temp_title:match ('%[%S+%s+(.+)%](<.+)') then -- if there is an error message
-- Title, err_msg = temp_title:match ('%[%S+%s+(.+)%](<.+)'); -- strip off external link; TODO: find a better to do this
-- Title = Title .. (err_msg or '');
-- end
-- else
-- Title = temp_title;
-- end


if is_set (chapterurl) then
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed
chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
Format = "";
else
Title = Title .. TransError;
end
end
end


return chapter .. chapter_error;
if is_set(Place) then
end
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
end


--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
if is_set (Conference) then
if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
if is_set (ConferenceURL) then
if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin );
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
end
for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
break; -- bail out if one is found
end
end
end
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin );
end
end


-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
if not is_set(Position) then
select_one( args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
local Time = A['Time'];


local NoPP = A['NoPP']  
if is_set(Minutes) then
if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
if is_set (Time) then
NoPP = true;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } );
end
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
else
if is_set(Time) then
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
if sepc ~= '.' then
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
end
end
Position = " " .. Time .. TimeCaption; -- 로컬 시작
end
local Time2 = A['Time2'];
if is_set(Time2) then
Position = " " .. Time2; -- 로컬 끝
end
end
else
else
NoPP = nil; -- unset, used as a flag later
Position = " " .. Position;
At = '';
end
end


if is_set(Page) then
Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);
if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
 
Pages = ''; -- unset the others
At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
At = '';
Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
local Section = A['Section'];
local Sections = A['Sections'];
local Inset = A['Inset'];
if is_set( Inset ) then
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
end
 
if is_set( Sections ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
elseif is_set( Section ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
end
end
extra_text_in_page_check (Page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
elseif is_set(Pages) then
if is_set(At) then
At = ''; -- unset
end
extra_text_in_page_check (Pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
end
end


-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
if is_set (Language) then
if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
else
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
end
end
Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
if is_set (Translators) then
Others = sepc .. ' 번역 ' .. Translators .. Others; -- 로컬
--[[
end
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
 
When the citation has these parameters:
TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
if is_set (Edition) then
|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') or Edition:match ('%판$') then -- 로컬
|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title
add_maint_cat ('extra_text', '판');
end
Edition = " " .. editioncheck(Edition) .. "판"; -- 로컬
else
Edition = '';
end


|trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped
Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped
OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or "";
Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";


All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);


]]
------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
if is_set(Via) then
Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
end


local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];
--[[
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not.  If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.


if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation
]]
if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then
if is_set(Title) then -- 로컬
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message
if not is_set(Chapter) then
elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message
-- ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; -- 로컬
else
TransChapter = TransTitle;
SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
ChapterURL = URL;
if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then
Chapter= '[[' .. TitleLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]';
end
Title = Periodical;
ChapterFormat = Format;
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
Format = '';
TitleLink = '';
-- ScriptTitle = ''; -- 로컬
end
else -- |title not set
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
end
end
end
end


-- Special case for cite techreport.
if is_set(AccessDate) then
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
if is_set(A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});
end
end
end


-- special case for cite interview
AccessDate = nowrap_date (ISOdate(AccessDate, lang, '1-999')) -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format -- 로컬
if (config.CitationClass == "interview") then
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if 'citation', lower case
if is_set(Program) then
AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
if "yes" == NoBracket or "true" == NoBracket or "y" == NoBracket or "예" == NoBracket or "참" == NoBracket then -- 로컬 시작
-- neither of these work; don't know why; it seems that substitute() isn't being called
ID = " ''" .. Program .. "''"
AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
else
end
ID = " &#12298;" .. Program .. "&#12299;";
end -- 로컬 끝
if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
  if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
end
  if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
end
 
ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );
 
if is_set(URL) then
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin );
end
 
if is_set(Quote) then
if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2); -- strip them off
end
end
if is_set(Callsign) then
Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
if is_set(ID) then
PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. Callsign;
end
else
ID = ' ' .. Callsign;
local Archived
end
if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
end
if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
if is_set(City) then
ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');
if is_set(ID) then
else -- 로컬
ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. City;
ArchiveDate = ISOdate(ArchiveDate, lang, '1-999'); -- 로컬
else
ID = ' ' .. City;
end
end
end
 
if "live" == UrlStatus then
if is_set(Others) then
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
if is_set(TitleType) then
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Others = ' ' .. Others .. '와의' .. TitleType; -- 로컬 수정 필요
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute ( cfg.messages['archived-live'],
TitleType = '';
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
else
if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
Others = ' ' .. '인터뷰어: ' .. Others; -- 로컬
Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error ('archive_missing_url');  
end
elseif "no" == DeadURL or "아니오" == DeadURL or "거짓" == DeadURL then -- 로컬
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');  
end
end
else
elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped'
Others = '(인터뷰)'; -- 로컬
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
end
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped', '부적절'}) then -- 로컬
Archived = sepc .. " " .. ArchiveDate .. '에 원본 문서에서 보존된 문서'; -- format already styled -- 로컬
else -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y'
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
end
else
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
end
elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
else
Archived = ""
end
end
 
-- special case for cite mailing list
local Lay = '';
if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
if is_set(LayURL) then
Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. ISOdate(LayDate, lang, '1-999') .. ")" end -- 로컬
elseif 'mailinglist' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then
if is_set(LaySource) then
Periodical = ''; -- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list
LaySource = " &ndash; " .. LaySource; -- 로컬
else
LaySource = "";
end
if sepc == '.' then
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL') ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
else
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL') ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
end
elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
end
end


-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
if is_set(Transcript) then
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
if is_set(TranscriptURL) then
if is_set(BookTitle) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin );
Chapter = Title;
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
URLorigin = '';
ChapterFormat = Format;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
Title = BookTitle;
Format = '';
-- TitleLink = '';
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
end
end
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin );
end
end


-- cite map oddities
local Publisher;
local Cartography = "";
if is_set(Periodical) and
local Scale = "";
not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","pressrelease","podcast"}) then
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
if is_set(PublisherName) then
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
Publisher = PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName;
Chapter = A['Map'];
else
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
Publisher = PublisherName;
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
end
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
Publisher= PublicationPlace;
else
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
Publisher = "";
if is_set( Cartography ) then
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
end
Scale = A['Scale'];
if is_set( Scale ) then
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
end
end
end
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
 
if is_set(Publisher) then
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
Publisher = Publisher .. ", " .. wrap_msg ('published', ISOdate(PublicationDate, lang, '1-999') ); -- 로컬
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
else
local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
Publisher = ISOdate(PublicationDate, lang, '1-999'); -- 로컬
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
if is_set (SeriesLink) and false == link_param_ok (SeriesLink) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', A:ORIGIN('SeriesLink'))});
end
end
local Network = A['Network'];
local Station = A['Station'];
local s, n = {}, {};
-- do common parameters first
if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
if not is_set (Date) and is_set (AirDate) then -- promote airdate to date
Date = AirDate;
end
end
if is_set(Publisher) then
Publisher = " (" .. Publisher .. ")";
end
else
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
PublicationDate = " (" .. wrap_msg ('published', ISOdate(PublicationDate, lang, '1-999')) .. ")"; -- 로컬
end
if is_set(PublisherName) then
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; 
end
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end
end
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
if is_set(Periodical) then
if "yes" == NoBracket or "true" == NoBracket or "y" == NoBracket or "예" == NoBracket or "참" == NoBracket then -- 로컬 시작
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title2', Periodical)
elseif is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then -- 로컬 끝
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
else
Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
end
end


if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
--[[
local Season = A['Season'];
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
]]
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
TitleNote = " (연설)"; -- annotate the citation -- 로컬
if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
end
end
end
 
-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.


if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
local tcommon;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
end
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
-- ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; -- 로컬
if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series,
TransChapter = TransTitle;
Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
if is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number
else
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end


if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
Chapter = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]'; -- ok to wikilink
if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
Series = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]'; -- series links with ChapterLink (episodelink -> TitleLink -> ChapterLink) ugly
elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
end
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
URL = ''; -- unset
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
TransTitle = '';
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
-- ScriptTitle = ''; -- 로컬
end
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
else -- all other CS1 templates
if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
Series = '[[' .. SeriesLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]';
Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
end
Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
end
if #ID_list > 0 then
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
else
ID_list = ID;
end
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff
local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
local text;
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;


-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, before generation of COinS data.
if is_set(Date) then
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then
if is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
if not is_set (ID_list['ARXIV']) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv
Date = " (" .. ISOdate(Date, lang, '1-999') ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "; -- in paranetheses -- 로컬
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
else -- neither of authors and editors set
elseif is_set (Series) then -- series is an alias of version
if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
ID_list['ARXIV'] = ID_list['ARXIV'] .. Series; -- concatenate version onto the end of the arxiv identifier
Date = " " .. ISOdate(Date, lang, '1-999') .. OrigYear; -- Date does not begin with sepc -- 로컬
Series = ''; -- unset
else
deprecated_parameter ('version'); -- deprecated parameter but only for cite arxiv
Date = sepc .. " " .. ISOdate(Date, lang, '1-999') .. OrigYear; -- Date begins with sepc -- 로컬
end
end
end
end
if first_set ({AccessDate, At, Chapter, Format, Page, Pages, Periodical, PublisherName, URL, -- a crude list of parameters that are not supported by cite arxiv
if is_set(Authors) then
ID_list['ASIN'], ID_list['BIBCODE'], ID_list['DOI'], ID_list['ISBN'], ID_list['ISSN'],
if is_set(Coauthors) then
ID_list['JFM'], ID_list['JSTOR'], ID_list['LCCN'], ID_list['MR'], ID_list['OCLC'], ID_list['OL'],
if 'vanc' == NameListFormat then -- separate authors and coauthors with proper name-list-separator
ID_list['OSTI'], ID_list['PMC'], ID_list['PMID'], ID_list['RFC'], ID_list['SSRN'], ID_list['USENETID'], ID_list['ZBL']},27) then
Authors = Authors .. ', ' .. Coauthors;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_params_not_supported', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
else
 
Authors = Authors .. '; ' .. Coauthors;
AccessDate= ''; -- set these to empty string; not supported in cite arXiv
end
PublisherName = ''; -- (if the article has been published, use cite journal, or other)
Chapter = '';
URL = '';
Format = '';
Page = ''; Pages = ''; At = '';
end
end
Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
if not is_set (Date) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
end
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
 
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "DVD-notes", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
TitleType = Degree .. " thesis";
end
end
end
if is_set(Editors) then
 
local in_text = " ";
if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
local post_text = "";
TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then
end
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
 
if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
-- legacy: promote concatenation of |month=, and |year= to Date if Date not set; or, promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
else
if not is_set (Date) then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
else
if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
end
end
 
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
 
--[[
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
we get the date used in the metadata.
 
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
]]
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message and mismatch
local error_message = '';
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
anchor_year, error_message = dates({['access-date']=AccessDate, ['archive-date']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi-broken-date']=DoiBroken,
['embargo']=Embargo, ['lay-date']=LayDate, ['publication-date']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year}, COinS_date); -- 로컬 수정 필요
 
if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;  
local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message
error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message
end
end
error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch';
end
elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date=
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
add_maint_cat ('date_year');
end
end
end
 
if is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc
if is_set(error_message) then
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
if is_set (Editors) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if not is_set (Date) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
end
end
end -- end of do
elseif is_set(Editors) then
 
if is_set(Date) then
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set.  Do this after date check but before COInS.
if EditorCount <= 1 then
-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo); --
 
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
end
end
 
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact.
-- Test if citation has no title
if not is_set(Title) and
not is_set(TransTitle) then -- 로컬
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'series'}, true ) } );
else
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'title'}, true ) } );
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
end
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
else
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
end
end
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
else
if config.CitationClass=="journal" and is_set(Periodical) then
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
end
end
end
if 'none' == Title and in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then -- special case for journal cites
if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc );  --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
add_maint_cat ('untitled');
text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
end
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
 
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element
local options = {};
if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
options.class = config.CitationClass;
options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
else
options.class = "citation";
end
end
-- 로컬 시작
if '없음' == Title and in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then -- special case for journal cites
if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then -- set reference anchor if appropriate
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
local id = Ref
add_maint_cat ('untitled');
if ('harv' == Ref ) then
end
local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
-- 로컬 끝
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters contains a URL
['title']=Title,
[A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter,
[A:ORIGIN('Periodical')]=Periodical,
[A:ORIGIN('PublisherName')] = PublisherName,
});


-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
namelist = c; -- select it
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap
namelist = a;
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
namelist = e;
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
end
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
coins_title = Periodical;
end
end
options.id = id;
end
end
local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au
if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>.-</span>", ""):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then
coins_author = c; -- use that instead
z.error_categories = {};
text = set_error('empty_citation');
z.message_tail = {};
end
if is_set(options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
text = substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text}); -- when |ref= is set
else
text = substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text}); -- all other cases
end
 
text = text .. substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput}); -- append metadata to the citation
if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
text = text .. " ";
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
if is_set(v[1]) then
if i == #z.message_tail then
text = text .. error_comment( v[1], v[2] );
else
text = text .. error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] );
end
end
end
end
end


-- this is the function call to COinS()
if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then
local OCinSoutput = COinS({
text = text .. '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33">';
['Periodical'] = Periodical,
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia,
text = text .. ' ' .. v .. ' ([[:분류:' .. v ..'|링크]])'; -- 로컬
['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup -- 로컬
end
['Map'] = Map,
text = text .. '</span>'; -- maintenance mesages (realy just the names of the categories for now)
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup -- 로컬
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
['Chron'] =  COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
['Series'] = Series,
['Volume'] = Volume,
['Issue'] = Issue,
['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links
['Edition'] = Edition,
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
['Authors'] = coins_author,
['ID_list'] = ID_list,
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
}, config.CitationClass);
 
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, AFTER generation of COinS data.
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, now unset so it isn't displayed
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in cite arxiv; if article has been published, use cite journal
end
end
 
-- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n", "아니오", "거짓"}) then
if is_set (PublisherName) then
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, A:ORIGIN('PublisherName') )); -- 로컬 수정 필요?
text = text .. '[[분류:' .. v ..']]'; -- 로컬
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
text = text .. '[[분류:' .. v ..']]'; -- 로컬
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
text = text .. '[[분류:' .. v ..']]'; -- 로컬
end
end
end
end
return text
end


--[[--------------------------< C S 1 . C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------


This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
]]


-- Now perform various field substitutions.
function cs1.citation(frame)
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
local pframe = frame:getParent()
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
local validation, utilities, identifiers, metadata;
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
do
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
local last_first_list;
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of support modules
local maximum;
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
local control = {
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox');
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox');
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox');
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox');
page_name = this_page.text -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
};
else -- otherwise
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of support modules
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities');
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation');
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers');
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS');
end


do -- do editor name list first because coauthors can modify control table
utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the cfg tables
maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
-- Preserve old-style implicit et al.
validation.set_selected_modules (utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see the selected Utilities module
if not is_set(maximum) and #e == 4 then
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
maximum = 3;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('implict_etal_editor', {}, true) } );
end


control.maximum = maximum;
dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation
year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;
last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal, 'editor');
reformat_dates = validation.reformat_dates;
is_set = utilities.is_set; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
in_array = utilities.in_array;
substitute = utilities.substitute;
error_comment = utilities.error_comment;
set_error = utilities.set_error;
select_one = utilities.select_one;
add_maint_cat = utilities.add_maint_cat;
wrap_style = utilities.wrap_style;
safe_for_italics = utilities.safe_for_italics;
remove_wiki_link = utilities.remove_wiki_link;


if is_set (Editors) then
z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
if editor_etal then
Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
else
EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
end
else
Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end


if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
extract_ids = identifiers.extract_ids; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
build_id_list = identifiers.build_id_list;
end
is_embargoed = identifiers.is_embargoed;
end
do -- now do translators
make_coins_title = metadata.make_coins_title; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
control.maximum = #t; -- number of translators
get_coins_pages = metadata.get_coins_pages;
Translators = list_people(control, t, false, 'translator'); -- et al not currently supported
COinS = metadata.COinS;
end
do -- now do contributors
control.maximum = #c; -- number of contributors
Contributors = list_people(control, c, false, 'contributor'); -- et al not currently supported
end
do -- now do authors
control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal);


if is_set(Coauthors) then -- if the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting.
control.lastauthoramp = nil;
local args = {};
control.maximum = #a + 1;
local suggestions = {};
end
local error_text, error_state;
last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal, 'author');


if is_set (Authors) then
local config = {};
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
if author_etal then
config[k] = v;
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
args[k] = v;  
end
end
else
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
end -- end of do


if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then -- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified
local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } ); -- emit error message
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
end
if v ~= '' then
end
if not validate( k ) then
 
error_text = "";
-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
end
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
elseif validate( k:lower() ) then  
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
 
else
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv'}) or
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
else
end
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version
 
end
if  not is_set(URL) then --and
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then -- Test if cite web or cite podcast |url= is missing or empty
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
end
-- Test if accessdate is given without giving a URL
if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when the others are not set; TODO: move this to a separate test?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
AccessDate = '';
end
end
 
local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat; -- TODO: swap chapter and title here so that archive applies to most specific if both are set?
DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
if is_set (URL) then
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin; -- name of url parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
if 'no' ~= DeadURL or '아니오' ~= DeadURL or '거짓' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it -- 로컬
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
end
elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then -- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin; -- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |format=
if 'no' ~= DeadURL or '아니오' ~= DeadURL or '거짓' ~= DeadURL then -- 로컬
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive-url parameter for error messages
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
end
end
end
 
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
local chap_param;
if is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
elseif is_set (TransChapter) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
-- elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then -- 로컬
-- chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter') -- 로컬
else is_set (ChapterFormat)
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
end
 
if is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
TransChapter = '';
ChapterURL = '';
-- ScriptChapter = ''; -- 로컬
ChapterFormat = '';
end
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
end
end
 
Chapter = format_chapter_title (Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes); -- Contribution is also in Chapter -- 로컬
if is_set (Chapter) then
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType;
end
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' ';
elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
end
end
 
-- Format main title.
if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
Title = "[[" .. TitleLink .. "|" .. Title .. "]]"
end
 
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'arxiv'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
-- Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped -- 로컬
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report
-- Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped -- 로컬
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
else
if "yes" == NoBracket or "true" == NoBracket or "y" == NoBracket or "예" == NoBracket or "참" == NoBracket then -- 로컬 시작
Title = wrap_style ('italic-title2', Title);
-- Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped -- 로컬
TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle);
else
Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
-- Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped -- 로컬
TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
end -- 로컬 끝
end
 
TransError = "";
if is_set(TransTitle) then
if is_set(Title) then
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
else
TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} );
end
end
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
if is_set(Title) then
if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then
Title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin ) .. TransError .. Format;
URL = "";
Format = "";
else
Title = Title .. TransError;
end
end
 
if is_set(Place) then
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
end
 
if is_set (Conference) then
if is_set (ConferenceURL) then
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin );
end
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin );
end
 
if not is_set(Position) then
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
local Time = A['Time'];
 
if is_set(Minutes) then
if is_set (Time) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } );
end
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
else
if is_set(Time) then
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
if sepc ~= '.' then
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
end
end
Position = " " .. Time .. TimeCaption -- 로컬 시작
end
local Time2 = A['Time2'];
if is_set(Time2) then
Position = " " .. Time2; -- 로컬 끝
end
end
else
Position = " " .. Position;
At = '';
end
 
Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);
 
At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
local Section = A['Section'];
local Sections = A['Sections'];
local Inset = A['Inset'];
if is_set( Inset ) then
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
end
 
if is_set( Sections ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
elseif is_set( Section ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
end
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
end
 
if is_set (Language) then
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc
else
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
end
 
Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
if is_set (Translators) then
Others = sepc .. ' Translated by ' .. Translators .. Others;
end
 
TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
if is_set (Edition) then
-- if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then -- 로컬 시작
-- add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition');
-- end
Edition = " " .. editioncheck(Edition) .. "판"; -- 로컬 끝
else
Edition = '';
end
 
Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or "";
Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";
 
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);
 
------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
if is_set(Via) then
Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
end
 
--[[
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not.  If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.
 
]]
if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message
elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message
else
SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
end
 
if is_set(AccessDate) then
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
 
AccessDate = nowrap_date (ISOdate(AccessDate, lang, '1-999')) -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format -- 로컬
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if 'citation', lower case
AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
-- neither of these work; don't know why; it seems that substitute() isn't being called
AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
end
if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
  if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
end
  if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
end
 
ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );
 
if is_set(URL) then
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin );
end
 
if is_set(Quote) then
if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2); -- strip them off
end
Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
end
local Archived
if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');
else -- 로컬
ArchiveDate = ISOdate(ArchiveDate, lang, '1-999'); -- 로컬
end
if "no" == DeadURL or "아니오" == DeadURL or "거짓" == DeadURL then -- 로컬
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');  
end
elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped'
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped', '부적절'}) then -- 로컬
Archived = sepc .. " " .. ArchiveDate .. '에 원본 문서에서 보존된 문서'; -- format already styled -- 로컬
else -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y'
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
end
else
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
end
elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
else
Archived = ""
end
local Lay = '';
if is_set(LayURL) then
if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. ISOdate(LayDate, lang, '1-999') .. ")" end -- 로컬
if is_set(LaySource) then
LaySource = " &ndash; " .. LaySource; -- 로컬
else
LaySource = "";
end
if sepc == '.' then
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL') ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
else
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL') ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
end
elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
end
 
if is_set(Transcript) then
if is_set(TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin );
end
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin );
end
 
local Publisher;
if is_set(Periodical) and
not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","pressrelease","podcast"}) then
if is_set(PublisherName) then
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher = PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName;
else
Publisher = PublisherName; 
end
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher= PublicationPlace;
else
Publisher = "";
end
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
if is_set(Publisher) then
Publisher = Publisher .. ", " .. wrap_msg ('published', ISOdate(PublicationDate, lang, '1-999') ); -- 로컬
else
Publisher = ISOdate(PublicationDate, lang, '1-999'); -- 로컬
end
end
if is_set(Publisher) then
Publisher = " (" .. Publisher .. ")";
end
else
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
PublicationDate = " (" .. wrap_msg ('published', ISOdate(PublicationDate, lang, '1-999')) .. ")"; -- 로컬
end
if is_set(PublisherName) then
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; 
end
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end
end
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
if is_set(Periodical) then
if "yes" == NoBracket or "true" == NoBracket or "y" == NoBracket or "예" == NoBracket or "참" == NoBracket then -- 로컬 시작
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title2', Periodical)
elseif is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then -- 로컬 끝
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
else
Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
end
end
 
--[[
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
]]
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
TitleNote = " (연설)"; -- annotate the citation -- 로컬
if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
end
end
end
 
-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
 
local tcommon;
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series,
Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
if is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
else
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
 
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
end
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
else -- all other CS1 templates
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
if #ID_list > 0 then
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
else
ID_list = ID;
end
local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
local text;
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;
 
if is_set(Date) then -- 로컬 수정 필요? ISODate
if is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
Date = " (" .. ISOdate(Date, lang, '1-999') ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "; -- in paranetheses
else -- neither of authors and editors set
if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
Date = " " .. ISOdate(Date, lang, '1-999') .. OrigYear; -- Date does not begin with sepc
else
Date = sepc .. " " .. ISOdate(Date, lang, '1-999') .. OrigYear; -- Date begins with sepc
end
end
end
if is_set(Authors) then
if is_set(Coauthors) then
if 'vanc' == NameListFormat then -- separate authors and coauthors with proper name-list-separator
Authors = Authors .. ', ' .. Coauthors;
else
Authors = Authors .. '; ' .. Coauthors;
end
end
if not is_set (Date) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if is_set(Editors) then
local in_text = " ";
local post_text = "";
if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
else
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
end
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
if is_set (Editors) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if not is_set (Date) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
end
elseif is_set(Editors) then
if is_set(Date) then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
else
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
else
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
end
end
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
else
if config.CitationClass=="journal" and is_set(Periodical) then
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
end
end
if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc );  --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
end
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
 
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element
local options = {};
if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
options.class = config.CitationClass;
options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
else
options.class = "citation";
end
if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then -- set reference anchor if appropriate
local id = Ref
if ('harv' == Ref ) then
local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
-- local year = first_set (Year, anchor_year); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
 
if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
namelist = c; -- select it
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
namelist = a;
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
namelist = e;
end
id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
end
options.id = id;
end
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>.-</span>", ""):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then
z.error_categories = {};
text = set_error('empty_citation');
z.message_tail = {};
end
if is_set(options.id) then
text = '<cite id="' .. mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id) ..'" class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</cite>";
else
text = '<cite class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</cite>";
end
 
local empty_span = '<span style="display:none;">&nbsp;</span>';
-- Note: Using display: none on the COinS span breaks some clients.
local OCinS = '<span title="' .. OCinSoutput .. '" class="Z3988">' .. empty_span .. '</span>';
text = text .. OCinS;
if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
text = text .. " ";
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
if is_set(v[1]) then
if i == #z.message_tail then
text = text .. error_comment( v[1], v[2] );
else
text = text .. error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] );
end
end
end
end
 
if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then
text = text .. '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33">';
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
text = text .. ' ' .. v .. ' ([[:분류:' .. v ..'|링크]])'; -- 로컬
end
text = text .. '</span>'; -- maintenance mesages (realy just the names of the categories for now)
end
no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n", "아니오", "거짓"}) then -- 로컬
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
text = text .. '[[분류:' .. v ..']]'; -- 로컬
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
text = text .. '[[분류:' .. v ..']]'; -- 로컬
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
text = text .. '[[분류:' .. v ..']]'; -- 로컬
end
end
return text
end
 
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >----------------------------------------
 
This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters.  The search stops at the first match.
 
Sometime after this module is done with rendering a citation, some C0 control characters are replaced with the
replacement character.  That replacement character is not detected by this test though it is visible to readers
of the rendered citation.  This function will detect the replacement character when it is part of the wikisource.
 
Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group that the character
belongs to along with its position in the parameter value.
 
]]
--[[
local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
local position = '';
local i=1;
 
while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do
local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name
local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it
v = mw.text.unstripNoWiki( v ); -- remove nowiki stripmarkers
position = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
if position then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {char, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message
return; -- and done with this parameter
end
i=i+1; -- bump our index
end
end
]]
 
--[[--------------------------< Z . C I T A T I O N >----------------------------------------------------------
 
This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
 
]]
 
function z.citation(frame)
local pframe = frame:getParent()
local validation;
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox'); -- ... sandbox version of date validation code
 
else -- otherwise
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation'); -- ... live version of date validation code
end
 
dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions
year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;
 
local args = {};
local suggestions = {};
local error_text, error_state;
 
local config = {};
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
config[k] = v;
args[k] = v;  
end
 
local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
if v ~= '' then
if not validate( k ) then
error_text = "";
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
end
elseif validate( k:lower() ) then  
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
else
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version
else
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version
end
end
end
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
4,083번째 줄: 3,257번째 줄:
end
end
end
end
missing_pipe_check (v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
args[k] = v;
args[k] = v;
elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then
elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then
4,097번째 줄: 3,273번째 줄:
end
end


return z
return cs1;

2021년 8월 22일 (일) 03:27 기준 최신판

틀:위험한 틀 인용 틀에 쓰이는 모듈입니다. 한국어 위키백과에서 수정한 부분은 ‘로컬’로 표시되어 있습니다. 틀:인용 틀 사용 모듈 목록 


local cs1 ={};

local ISOdate = require('모듈:ISOdate')._ISOdate								-- 로컬: 날짜 변환을 위해 추가
local langdata = mw.loadData('Module:Langname/data')							-- 로컬: 언어 이름 지역화 
local lang_name = langdata.lang_name

--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D   D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
]]

local dates, year_date_check, reformat_dates									-- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation

local is_set, in_array, substitute, error_comment, set_error, select_one,		-- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
	add_maint_cat, wrap_style, safe_for_italics, remove_wiki_link;

local z ={};																	-- tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities

local extract_ids, build_id_list, is_embargoed;									-- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers

local make_coins_title, get_coins_pages, COinS;									-- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS

local cfg = {};																	-- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local whitelist = {};															-- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist

--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------

Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table,
left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated.  Returns nil if none are set.

This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs.  With the pairs
version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed.  With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate
the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list.

]]

local function first_set (list, count)
	local i = 1;
	while i <= count do															-- loop through all items in list
		if is_set( list[i] ) then
			return list[i];														-- return the first set list member
		end
		i = i + 1;																-- point to next
	end
end

--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------

Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.

]]

local added_prop_cats = {}														-- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats
local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments)
	if not added_prop_cats [key] then
		added_prop_cats [key] = true;											-- note that we've added this category
		table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments));		-- make name then add to table
	end
end

--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------

Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.

]]

local added_vanc_errs;															-- flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
local function add_vanc_error ()
	if not added_vanc_errs then
		added_vanc_errs = true;													-- note that we've added this category
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {}, true ) } );
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------

does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
	Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
   letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
   ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").

returns true if it does, else false

]]

local function is_scheme (scheme)
	return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:');						-- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------

Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?

Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5
BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
	see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db

rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.

Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported

domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tld.  tld
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.

There are several tests:
	the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
	internationalized domain name (ascii characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the tld) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
	single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org TLD
	q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
	i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
	single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters)
	two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
	three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
	IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed

returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false

]=]

local function is_domain_name (domain)
	if not domain then
		return false;															-- if not set, abandon
	end
	
	domain = domain:gsub ('^//', '');											-- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
	
	if not domain:match ('^[%a%d]') then										-- first character must be letter or digit
		return false;
	end
																				-- Do most common case first
	if domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then				-- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
		return true;
	elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.xn%-%-[%a%d]+$') then	-- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
		return true;
	elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.org$') then							-- one character .org hostname
		return true;
	elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][qxz]%.com$') then								-- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
		return true;
	elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][iq]%.net$') then								-- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
		return true;
	elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a$') then							-- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars)
		return true;
	elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then					-- two character hostname and tld
		return true;
	elseif domain:match ('^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?') then		-- IPv4 address
		return true;
	else
		return false;
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------

returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false.

This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external
wikilinks.

]]

local function is_url (scheme, domain)
	if is_set (scheme) then														-- if scheme is set check it and domain
		return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
	else
		return is_domain_name (domain);											-- scheme not set when url is protocol relative
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------

Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.

First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following tld) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).

If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.

When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.

Strip off any port and path;

]]

local function split_url (url_str)
	local scheme, authority, domain;
	
	url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1');						-- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')

	if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then											-- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url
		domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
	elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then										-- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
		scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)');			-- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
		authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1);								-- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
		if is_set(authority) then												-- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
			return scheme;														-- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
		end
		domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1');								-- strip port number if present
	end
	
	return scheme, domain;
end


--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------

checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls

Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
	# < > [ ] | { } _
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links

returns false when the value contains any of these characters.

When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).

]]

local function link_param_ok (value)
	local scheme, domain;
	if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then											-- if any prohibited characters
		return false;
	end

	scheme, domain = split_url (value);											-- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url; 
	return not is_url (scheme, domain);											-- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url
end

--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >---------------------------------------------------

Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.

|<title>= may be wikilinked but not when |<param>-link= has a value.  This function emits an error message when
that condition exists

]]

local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
local orig;

	if is_set (link) then 														-- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
		if not link_param_ok (link) then										-- check |<param>-link= markup
			orig = lorig;														-- identify the failing link parameter
		elseif title:find ('%[%[') then											-- check |title= for wikilink markup
			orig = torig;														-- identify the failing |title= parameter
		end
	end

	if is_set (orig) then
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', orig)});	-- url or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------

Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.

First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the url into scheme and domain
portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
portions of the url.  If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.

Because it is different from a standard url, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here.  The specification for a newsgroup name
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4

]]

local function check_url( url_str )
	if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then										-- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper url
		return false;
	end
	local scheme, domain;

	scheme, domain = split_url (url_str);										-- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;
	
	if 'news:' == scheme then													-- special case for newsgroups
		return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$');
	end
	
	return is_url (scheme, domain);												-- return true if value appears to be a valid url
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------

Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a url.  The test will also find external wikilinks
that use protocol relative urls. Also finds bare urls.

The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki links which are similar to scheme:path urls.  The tests that
find bracketed urls are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].

]=]

local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
local scheme, domain;

	if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then								-- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
		scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
	elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then								-- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
		scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
	elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then										-- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
		scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
	elseif value:match ('//%S+') then											-- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
		scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)'));					-- what is left should be the domain
	else
		return false;															-- didn't find anything that is obviously a url
	end

	return is_url (scheme, domain);												-- return true if value appears to be a valid url
end


--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------

loop through a list of parameters and their values.  Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.

]]

local function check_for_url (parameter_list)
local error_message = '';
	for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do										-- for each parameter in the list
		if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then									-- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message
			if is_set(error_message) then										-- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...
				error_message=error_message .. ", ";							-- ... add a comma space separator
			end
			error_message=error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "=";				-- add the failed parameter
		end
	end
	if is_set (error_message) then												-- done looping, if there is an error message, display it
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } );
	end
end

-- 로컬 시작
function yearcheck( str )
	return str:gsub( '년', '' );
end

function monthcheck( str )
	return str:gsub( '월', '' )
			  :gsub( "January", "1" ):gsub( "February", "2" ):gsub( "March", "3" ):gsub( "April", "4" )
			  :gsub( "May", "5" ):gsub( "June", "6" ):gsub( "July", "7" ):gsub( "August", "8" )
			  :gsub( "September", "9" ):gsub( "October", "10" ):gsub( "November", "11" ):gsub( "December", "12" );
end

function editioncheck( str )
	return str:gsub( " 판", "" ):gsub( " [Ee]dition", "" ):gsub( " [Ee]d%.?", "" ):gsub( " st", "" ):gsub( " nd", "" ):gsub( " rd", "" ):gsub( " th", "" )
			  :gsub( "판", "" ):gsub( "[Ee]dition", "" ):gsub( "[Ee]d%.?", "" ):gsub( "st", "" ):gsub( "nd", "" ):gsub( "rd", "" ):gsub( "th", "" );
end
-- 로컬 끝

--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------

Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions

]]

local function safe_for_url( str )
	if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then 
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
	end
	
	return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {	
		['['] = '&#91;',
		[']'] = '&#93;',
		['\n'] = ' ' } );
end

--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------

Format an external link with error checking

]]

local function external_link( URL, label, source )
	local error_str = "";
	local domain;
	local path;
	
	if not is_set( label ) then
		label = URL;
		if is_set( source ) then
			error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
		else
			error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
		end			
	end
	if not check_url( URL ) then
		error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
	end
	
	domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$');					-- split the url into scheme plus domain and path
	if path then																-- if there is a path portion
		path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['[']='%5b',[']']='%5d'});					-- replace '[' and ']' with their percent encoded values
		URL=domain..path;														-- and reassemble
	end
	
	return table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]", error_str });
end


--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------

Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters.  The function includes the
offending parameter name to the error message.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
parameters in the citation.

]]

local page_in_deprecated_cat;													-- sticky flag so that the category is added only once
local function deprecated_parameter(name)
	if not page_in_deprecated_cat then
		page_in_deprecated_cat = true;											-- note that we've added this category
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } );		-- add error message
	end
end

--[[--------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------

Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
	"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
	" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.

Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.

]]

local function kern_quotes (str)
	local cap='';
	local cap2='';
	
	cap, cap2 = str:match ("^([\"\'])([^\'].+)");								-- match leading double or single quote but not double single quotes
	if is_set (cap) then
		str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
	end

	cap, cap2 = str:match ("^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$")
	if is_set (cap) then
		str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
	end
	return str;
end

--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------

|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.

Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.

|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon:
	|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
	|script-title=ja : *** ***
	|script-title=ja: *** ***
	|script-title=ja :*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***

The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.

Supports |script-title= and |script-chapter=

TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script;
]]

local function format_script_value (script_value)
	local lang='';																-- initialize to empty string
	local name;
	if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then										-- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix
		lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*');						-- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
		if not is_set (lang) then
			return '';															-- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
		end
																				-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
--		name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "ko" );						-- get language name so that we can use it to categorize -- 로컬
		name = lang_name[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "ko" );	-- 로컬. Langname 모듈에 정의된 이름을 우선 사용.
		if is_set (name) then													-- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
			script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', '');				-- strip prefix from script
																				-- is prefix one of these language codes?
--			if in_array (lang, {'am', 'ar', 'be', 'bg', 'bs', 'dv', 'el', 'fa', 'he', 'hy', 'ja', 'ka', 'ku', 'mk', 'ml', 'ps', 'ru', 'sd', 'sr', 'th', 'uk', 'ug', 'yi', 'zh'}) then -- 로컬 시작
--				add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
--			else
--				add_prop_cat ('script')
--			end																	-- 로컬 끝: 임시로 숨김
			lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" ';									-- convert prefix into a lang attribute
		else
			lang = '';															-- invalid so set lang to empty string
		end
	end
	script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value});	-- isolate in case script is rtl

	return script_value;
end

--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------

Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been 
wrapped in <bdi> tags.
]]

local function script_concatenate (title, script)
	if is_set (script) then
		script = format_script_value (script);									-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error
		if is_set (script) then
			title = title .. ' ' .. script;										-- concatenate title and script title
		end
	end
	return title;
end


--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------

Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
configuration taking one argument.  Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates.  Additional text taken
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().

]]

local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
	if not is_set( str ) then
		return "";
	end
	if true == lower then
		local msg;
		msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower();										-- set the message to lower case before 
		return substitute( msg, str );										-- including template text
	else
		return substitute( cfg.messages[key], str );
	end		
end

-- 로컬: Format Chapter Title 아래로 옮김

--[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >----------------------------------------

This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters.  The search stops at the
first match.

This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the wikisource.

Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref)
and identifies them with a slightly different error message.  See also coins_cleanup().

Detects but ignores the character pattern that results from the transclusion of {{'}} templates.

Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker
that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the
parameter value.

]]

local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
	local position = '';														-- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
	local dummy;																-- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned
	local capture;																-- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
	local i=1;
	local stripmarker, apostrophe;
	
	capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*');										-- Test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
	if capture == v then														-- if same there are no unicode characters
		return;
	end

	while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do
		local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1]									-- the character or group name
		local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2]									-- the pattern used to find it
		position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern)					-- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
		
		if position then
			if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture then 					-- nowiki, math stripmarker (not an error condition)
				stripmarker = true;												-- set a flag
			elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then				-- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
				position = nil;													-- unset
			else
				local err_msg;
				if capture then
					err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char;
				else
					err_msg = char .. ' ' .. '문자';							-- 로컬
				end

				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {err_msg, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } );	-- add error message
				return;															-- and done with this parameter
			end
		end
		i=i+1;																	-- bump our index
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------------------------------

Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that
multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.

]]

local function argument_wrapper( args )
	local origin = {};
	
	return setmetatable({
		ORIGIN = function( self, k )
			local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
			return origin[k];
		end
	},
	{
		__index = function ( tbl, k )
			if origin[k] ~= nil then
				return nil;
			end
			
			local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
			
			if type( list ) == 'table' then
				v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
				if origin[k] == nil then
					origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
				end
			elseif list ~= nil then
				v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
			else
				-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
				-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
				error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
			end
			
			-- Empty strings, not nil;
			if v == nil then
				v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
				origin[k] = '';
			end
			
			tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
			return v;
		end,
	});
end

--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
Looks for a parameter's name in the whitelist.

Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
	true - active, supported parameters
	false - deprecated, supported parameters
	nil - unsupported parameters
	
]]

local function validate( name )
	local name = tostring( name );
	local state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ];
	
	-- Normal arguments
	if true == state then return true; end		-- valid actively supported parameter
	if false == state then
		deprecated_parameter (name);				-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
		return true;
	end
	
	-- Arguments with numbers in them
	name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" );				-- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#
	state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ];
	if true == state then return true; end		-- valid actively supported parameter
	if false == state then
		deprecated_parameter (name);				-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
		return true;
	end
	
	return false;								-- Not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end


--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------

When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.  When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY

DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.

]]

local function nowrap_date (date)
	local cap='';
	local cap2='';

	if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
		date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
	
	elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
		cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
		date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
	end
	
	return date;
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------

This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).

]]

local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
	if is_set(title_type) then
		if "none" == title_type or "없음" == title_type then					-- 로컬
			title_type = "";													-- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
		end
		return title_type;														-- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
	end

	return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or '';									-- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
end


--[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >--------------------------------------------------

Converts a hyphen to a dash

]]

local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
	if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
		return str;
	end	
	return str:gsub( '-', '–' );
end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------

Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.

]]

local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
	--[[
	Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions.
	
	This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as 
	long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII.  The strings
	in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8.
	]]
	
	local str = '';																-- the output string
	local comp = '';															-- what does 'comp' mean?
	local end_chr = '';
	local trim;
	for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
		if value == nil then value = ''; end
		
		if str == '' then														-- if output string is empty
			str = value;														-- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
		elseif value ~= '' then
			if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then										-- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
				comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" );								-- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
			else
				comp = value;
			end
																				-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
			if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then								-- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
																				--   Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th
																				--   preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
				trim = false;
				end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1);										-- get the last character of the output string
				-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")"					-- debug stuff?
				if end_chr == duplicate_char then								-- if same as separator
					str = str:sub(1,-2);										-- remove it
				elseif end_chr == "'" then										-- if it might be wikimarkup
					if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then			-- if last three chars of str are sepc'' 
						str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''";							-- remove them and add back ''
					elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then		-- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' 
						trim = true;											-- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
					elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then		-- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' 
						trim = true;											-- same question
					end
				elseif end_chr == "]" then										-- if it might be wikimarkup
					if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then			-- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink 
						trim = true;
					elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then			-- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
						trim = true;
					elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then		-- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
						trim = true;
					end
				elseif end_chr == " " then										-- if last char of output string is a space
					if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then				-- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
						str = str:sub(1,-3);									-- remove them both
					end
				end

				if trim then
					if value ~= comp then 										-- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
						local dup2 = duplicate_char;
						if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end		-- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
						
						value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 )			-- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
					else
						value = value:sub( 2, -1 );								-- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
					end
				end
			end
			str = str .. value;													--add it to the output string
		end
	end
	return str;
end  

--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------

For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters.  When a name
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.

This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F

|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods

At the time of this writing, I had to write the 'if nil == mw.ustring.find ...' test ouside of the code editor and paste it here
because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.

]]

local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
	if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]*$") then
		add_vanc_error ();
		return false;															-- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver required Romanization
	end;
	return true;
end

--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------

Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc.  

Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.

Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  This form is not
currently supported by this code so correctly formed names like Smith JL 2nd are converted to Smith J2. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.

This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().

]]

local function reduce_to_initials(first)
	if mw.ustring.match(first, "^%u%u$") then return first end;					-- when first contains just two upper-case letters, nothing to do
	local initials = {}
	local i = 0;																-- counter for number of initials
	for word in mw.ustring.gmatch(first, "[^%s%.%-]+") do						-- names separated by spaces, hyphens, or periods
		table.insert(initials, mw.ustring.sub(word,1,1))						-- Vancouver format does not include full stops.
		i = i + 1;																-- bump the counter 
		if 2 <= i then break; end												-- only two initials allowed in Vancouver system; if 2, quit
	end
	return table.concat(initials)												-- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end

--[[--------------------------< L I S T  _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------

Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors) 

]]

local function list_people(control, people, etal)
	local sep;
	local namesep;
	local format = control.format
	local maximum = control.maximum
	local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
	local text = {}

	if 'vanc' == format then													-- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
		sep = ',';																-- name-list separator between authors is a comma
		namesep = ' ';															-- last/first separator is a space
	else
		sep = ';'																-- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
		namesep = ', '															-- last/first separator is <comma><space>
	end
	
	if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
	if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end					-- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors
	
	for i,person in ipairs(people) do
		if is_set(person.last) then
			local mask = person.mask
			local one
			local sep_one = sep;
			if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
				etal = true;
				break;
			elseif (mask ~= nil) then
				local n = tonumber(mask)
				if (n ~= nil) then
					one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
				else
					one = mask;
					sep_one = " ";
				end
			else
				one = person.last
				local first = person.first
				if is_set(first) then 
					if ( "vanc" == format ) then								-- if vancouver format
						one = one:gsub ('%.', '');								-- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
						if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then					-- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
							first = reduce_to_initials(first)					-- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
						end
					end
					one = one .. namesep .. first 
				end
				if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
					one = "[[" .. person.link .. "|" .. one .. "]]"				-- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
				end
			end
			table.insert( text, one )
			table.insert( text, sep_one )
		end
	end

	local count = #text / 2;													-- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
	if count > 0 then 
		if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
			text[#text-2] = " & ";												-- replace last separator with ampersand text
		end
		text[#text] = nil;														-- erase the last separator
	end
	
	local result = table.concat(text)											-- construct list
	if etal and is_set (result) then											-- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
		result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al'];					-- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al.
	end
	
	return result, count
end

--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------

Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise returns an empty string.

namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order.  year is Year or anchor_year.

]]
local function anchor_id (namelist, year)
	local names={};																-- a table for the one to four names and year
	for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do												-- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
		names[i] = v.last 
		if i == 4 then break end												-- if four then done
	end
	table.insert (names, year);													-- add the year at the end
	local id = table.concat(names);												-- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
	if is_set (id) then															-- if concatenation is not an empty string
		return "CITEREF" .. id;													-- add the CITEREF portion
	else
		return '';																-- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >----------------------------------------------------

Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al.  If found,
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.

This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by
previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal

]]

local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat)

	if is_set (name) then														-- name can be nil in which case just return
		local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$"	-- variations on the 'et al' theme
		local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers";					-- and alternate to et al.
		
		if name:match (etal_pattern) then										-- variants on et al.
			name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, '');								-- if found, remove
			etal = true;														-- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
			if not nocat then													-- no categorization for |vauthors=
				add_maint_cat ('etal');											-- and add a category if not already added
			end
		elseif name:match (others_pattern) then									-- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'?
			name = name:gsub (others_pattern, '');								-- if found, remove
			etal = true;														-- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
			if not nocat then													-- no categorization for |vauthors=
				add_maint_cat ('etal');											-- and add a category if not already added
			end
		end
	end
	return name, etal;															-- 
end

--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------

Evaluates the content of author and editor (surnames only) parameters for multiple names.  Multiple names are
indicated if there is more than one comma and or semicolon.  If found, the function adds the multiple name
(author or editor) maintenance category.

]]

local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name)
local count, _;
	if is_set (name) then
		if name:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then										-- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, ignore 
			name = name:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$');								-- strip parens
		else
			_, count = name:gsub ('[;,]', '');									-- count the number of separator-like characters
			
			if 1 < count then													-- param could be |author= or |editor= so one separactor character is acceptable
				add_maint_cat ('mult_names', list_name:lower());				-- more than one separator indicates multiple names so add a maint cat for this template
			end
		end
	end
	return name;																-- and done
end

--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
Gets name list from the input arguments

Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.

This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.

When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps 'et al.' out of the 
template's metadata.  When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.

]]

local function extract_names(args, list_name)
	local names = {};			-- table of names
	local last;					-- individual name components
	local first;
	local link;
	local mask;
	local i = 1;				-- loop counter/indexer
	local n = 1;				-- output table indexer
	local count = 0;			-- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
	local etal=false;			-- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter

	local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. ' 목록';		-- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary -- 수정 필요
	while true do
		last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i );		-- search through args for name components beginning at 1
		first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
		link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
		mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );

		last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false);							-- find and remove variations on et al.
		first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false);						-- find and remove variations on et al.
		last = name_has_mult_names (last, err_msg_list_name);					-- check for multiple names in last and its aliases
		
		if first and not last then												-- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } );	-- add this error message
		elseif not first and not last then										-- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
			count = count + 1;													-- number of times we haven't found last and first
			if 2 <= count then													-- two missing names and we give up
				break;															-- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
			end
		else																	-- we have last with or without a first
			link_title_ok (link, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-link' .. i, last, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-last' .. i);	-- check for improper wikimarkup

			names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false};	-- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
			n = n + 1;															-- point to next location in the names table
			if 1 == count then													-- if the previous name was missing
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } );		-- add this error message
			end
			count = 0;															-- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
		end
		i = i + 1;																-- point to next args location
	end
	
	return names, etal;															-- all done, return our list of names
end

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------

Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code.

Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code.  Because case of the source may be incorrect
or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is
found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code.  When there is no match, we
return the original language name string.

mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') return a list of languages that in some cases may include
extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support
code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'.

Names but that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter.  For example,
if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'.  When names are found
and the associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the Wikimedia language name.

Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.

]]

local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code)
	local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(this_wiki_code, 'all')		-- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
																				-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
	local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang);										-- lower case version for comparisons
	
	for code, name in pairs(languages) do										-- scan the list to see if we can find our language
		if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
			if 2 ~= code:len() and 3 ~= code:len() then							-- two- or three-character codes only; extensions not supported
				return name;													-- so return the name but not the code
			end
			return name, code;													-- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the the code
		end
	end
	return lang;																-- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for the code
end

--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------

Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code.  If a code is recognized by MediaWiki,
use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.

When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for
that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no).  For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned
to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.

Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized.  MediaWiki does not recognize three-character
equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized bit code 'ara' is not.

This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are
separated from each other by commas.

]]

local function language_parameter (lang)
	local code;																	-- the two- or three-character language code
	local name;																	-- the language name
	local language_list = {};													-- table of language names to be rendered
	local names_table = {};														-- table made from the value assigned to |language=

	local this_wiki = mw.getContentLanguage();									-- get a language object for this wiki
	local this_wiki_code = this_wiki:getCode()									-- get this wiki's language code
	local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(this_wiki_code, this_wiki_code);	-- get this wiki's language name

	names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*');								-- names should be a comma separated list

	for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do										-- reuse lang

		if lang:match ('^%a%a%-') then											-- strip ietf language tags from code; TODO: is there a need to support 3-char with tag?
			lang = lang:match ('(%a%a)%-')										-- keep only 639-1 code portion to lang; TODO: do something with 3166 alpha 2 country code?
		end
		if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then								-- if two-or three-character code
			name = lang_name[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), this_wiki_code);	-- get language name if |language= is a proper code: 로컬
		end
	
		if is_set (name) then													-- if |language= specified a valid code
			code = lang:lower();												-- save it
		else
			name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code);				-- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
		end
	
		if is_set (code) then													-- only 2- or 3-character codes
			if this_wiki_code ~= code then										-- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
				if 2 == code:len() then											-- and is a two-character code
					add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source', {name, code})			-- categorize it
--				else															-- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code) -- 로컬
--					add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2', {code})				-- categorize it differently TODO: support mutliple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template -- 로컬
				end
			end
		else
			add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang');										-- add maint category if not already added
		end
		
		table.insert (language_list, name);
		name = '';																-- so we can reuse it
	end
	
	code = #language_list														-- reuse code as number of languages in the list
	if 2 >= code then
		name = table.concat (language_list, ', ')							-- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names
	elseif 2 < code then
		language_list[code] = ', ' .. language_list[code];					-- prepend last name with 'and<space>'
		name = table.concat (language_list, ', ')								-- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators
	end
	if this_wiki_name == name then
		return '';																-- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
	end
	return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name));								-- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------

Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings

]]

local function set_cs1_style (ps)
	if not is_set (ps) then														-- unless explicitely set to something
		ps = '.';																-- terminate the rendered citation with a period
	end
	return '.', ps;																-- separator is a full stop
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------

Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings

]]

local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
	if not is_set (ps) then														-- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
		ps = '';																-- make sure it isn't nil
	end
	if not is_set (ref) then													-- if |ref= is not set
		ref = "harv";															-- set default |ref=harv
	end
	return ',', ps, ref;														-- separator is a comma
end

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------

When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
rendered style.

]]

local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
	local sep;
	if (cite_class == "citation") then											-- for citation templates (CS2)
		sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
	else																		-- not a citation template so CS1
		sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
	end

	return sep, ps, ref															-- return them all
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------

Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation.  Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.

]]

local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
	local sep;
	if 'cs2' == mode then														-- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
		sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
	elseif 'cs1' == mode then													-- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
		sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
	else																		-- anything but cs1 or cs2
		sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class);		-- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
	end
	if 'none' == ps:lower() or '없음' == ps:lower() then												-- if assigned value is 'none' then -- 로컬
		ps = '';																-- set to empty string
	end
	
	return sep, ps, ref
end

--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------

Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
applying the pdf icon to external links.

returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extension, else false

]=]

local function is_pdf (url)
	return url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]?') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]?');
end

--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------

Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
not have a matching url parameter.  If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that
is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.

]]

local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
	if is_set (format) then
		format = wrap_style ('format', format);									-- add leading space, parenthases, resize
		if not is_set (url) then
			format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} );	-- add an error message
		end
	elseif is_pdf (url) then													-- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then
		format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF');									-- set format to pdf
	else
		format = '';															-- empty string for concatenation
	end
	return format;
end

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------

Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a boolean flag
to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.

When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
some variant of the text 'et al.').

When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.  This will cause the list_people() to display all of
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'

In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.

inputs:
	max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal
	count: #a or #e
	list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
	etal: author_etal or editor_etal

]]

local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal)
	if is_set (max) then
		if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then						-- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
			max = count + 1;													-- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
			etal = true;														-- overrides value set by extract_names()
		elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then											-- if is a string of numbers
			max = tonumber (max);												-- make it a number
			if max >= count then												-- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
				add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', list_name);
			end
		else																	-- not a valid keyword or number
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } );		-- add error message -- 수정 필요?
			max = nil;															-- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
		end
	end
	
	return max, etal;
end

--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------

Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp. 
abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.

check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value:
	good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit
	bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP

]]

local function extra_text_in_page_check (page)
--	local good_pattern = '^P[^%.P%l]';
	local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]';											-- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg?
--	local bad_pattern = '^[Pp][Pp]';
	local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';

	if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or  page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then
		add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
	end
--		if Page:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or  Page:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') or
--			Pages:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or  Pages:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') then
--				add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
--		end
end


--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------

This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
|xxxxor-linkn= in args.  It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.

Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.

This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.

TODO: check for names like Coon V JS (Coon JS 5th at PMID 25205766, John S. Coon V at doi:10.1093/humupd/dmu048)?

]]

local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
	local names = {};															-- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
	local v_name_table = {};
	local etal = false;															-- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
	local last, first, link, mask;
	local corporate = false;

	vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true);							-- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
	if vparam:find ('%[%[') or vparam:find ('%]%]')	then						-- no wikilinking vauthors names
		add_vanc_error ();
	end
	v_name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*")								-- names are separated by commas

	for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
		if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then									-- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parenthese to supress vanc formatting and error detection
			first = '';															-- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
			last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$')
			corporate = true;
		elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
			local lastfirstTable = {}
			lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s")
			first = table.remove(lastfirstTable);								-- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials
			last  = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ")							-- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials
			if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') or mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then
				add_vanc_error ();												-- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing or a space between two intiials
			end
		else
			first = '';															-- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
			last = v_name;														-- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
		end
																
		if is_set (first) and not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then		-- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
			add_vanc_error ();
		end
																				-- this from extract_names ()
		link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
		mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
		names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate};		-- add this assembled name to our names list
	end
	return names, etal;															-- all done, return our list of names
end

--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------

Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.

Only one of these appropriate three will be used.  The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and
similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest

When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.

Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.

In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate.

]]

local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
local lastfirst = false;
	if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or		-- do this twice incase we have a first 1 without a last1
		select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) then
			lastfirst=true;
	end

	if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or								-- these are the three error conditions
		(is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or
		(true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then
			local err_name;
			if 'AuthorList' == list_name then									-- figure out which name should be used in error message
				err_name = 'author';
			else
				err_name = 'editor';
			end
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters',
				{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } );				-- add error message
	end

	if true == lastfirst then return 1 end;										-- return a number indicating which author name source to use
	if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
	if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
	return 1;																	-- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last 
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------

This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc).  When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty
in the source template) the function refurns true.  If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns
true; else, emits an error message and returns false.

]]

local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible)
	if not is_set (value) then
		return true;															-- an empty parameter is ok
	elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then
		return true;
	else
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } );	-- not an allowed value so add error message
		return false
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------

This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink).  When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
single space character.

]]

local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
	if (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then	-- if last name in list ends with sepc char
		return name_list .. " ";												-- don't add another
	else
		return name_list .. sepc .. ' ';										-- otherwise terninate the name list
	end
end


--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------

returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume
or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.

]]
	
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
	if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then
		return '';
	end
	
	if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then
		if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then
			return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower);
		elseif is_set (volume) then
			return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
		else
			return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
		end
	end
	
	local vol = '';
		
	if is_set (volume) then
		if (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then
			vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume});
		else
			vol = wrap_style ('vol-bold', hyphen_to_dash(volume));
		end
	end
	if is_set (issue) then
		return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
	end
	return vol;
end






--[[-------------------------< N O R M A L I Z E _ P A G E _ L I S T >-----------------------------------------

not currently used

normalizes a comma, ampersand, and/or space separated list to be '<value>, <value>, ..., <value>'
returns list unchanged if there are no commas else strips whitespace and then reformats the list

]]
--[[
local function normalize_page_list (list)
	if not list:find ('[,& ]') then return list end								-- if list is not delimited with commas, ampersands, or spaces; done
	
	list = mw.text.split (list, '[,&%s]+');										-- make a table of values
	list = table.concat (list, ', ');											-- and now make a normalized list
	return list;
end
]]

--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------

adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
The return order is:
	page, pages, sheet, sheets

Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.

]]

local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
	if 'map' == cite_class then													-- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
		if is_set (sheet) then
			if 'journal' == origin then
				return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
			else
				return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
			end
		elseif is_set (sheets) then
			if 'journal' == origin then
				return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
			else
				return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
			end
		end
	end

	local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'journal' == origin);
	local is_news = 'news' == cite_class;										-- 로컬

	if is_set (page) then
		if is_journal then
			return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
		elseif is_news then															 -- 로컬
			return substitute (cfg.messages['n-page(s)'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; -- 로컬
		elseif not nopp then
			return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
		else
			return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
		end
	elseif is_set(pages) then
		if is_journal then
			return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
		elseif is_news then															-- 로컬
			return '', substitute (cfg.messages['n-page(s)'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; -- 로컬
		elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then										-- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
			return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
		elseif not nopp then
			return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
		else
			return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
		end
	end
	
	return '', '', '', '';														-- return empty strings
end


--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------

Check archive.org urls to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the 
save snapshot url.  When the archive url is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...) archive.org saves a snapshot
of the target page in the url.  That is something that Wikipedia should not allow unwitting readers to do.

When the archive.org url does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
algorithm or provides a 'search' result.  [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.

This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
|archive-date= and an error message when:
	|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command url
	|archive-url= is an archive.org url that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the correct place
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=

There are two mostly compatible archive.org urls:
	//web.archive.org/<timestamp>...		-- the old form
	//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>...	-- the new form

The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag.  There are four identified flags
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.

]=]

local function archive_url_check (url, date)
	local err_msg = '';															-- start with the error message empty
	local path, timestamp, flag;												-- portions of the archive.or url
	
	if not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/') then
		return url, date;														-- not an archive.org archive, return archiveURL and ArchiveDate
	end

	if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then								-- if a save command url, we don't want to allow saving of the target page 
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {'save command'}, true ) } );	-- add error message
		return '', '';															-- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate
	end

	if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/web/%*/') or url:match('//web%.archive%.org/%*/') then	-- wildcard with or without 'web/' path element
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {'wildcard'}, true ) } );		-- add error message and
		return '', '';																			-- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate
	end
	
	path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/');			-- split out some of the url parts for evaluation

	if not is_set(timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then						-- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
		err_msg = 'timestamp';
	elseif is_set(path) and 'web/' ~= path then									-- older archive urls do not have the extra 'web/' path element
		err_msg = 'path';
	elseif is_set (flag) and not is_set (path) then								-- flag not allowed with the old form url (without the 'web/' path element)
		err_msg = 'flag';
	elseif is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then						-- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
		err_msg = 'flag';
	else
		return url, date;														-- return archiveURL and ArchiveDate
	end
																				-- if here something not right so
	table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } );	-- add error message and
	return '', '';																-- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate
end


--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------

Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters.  If found, then the string is possibly a
parameter that is missing its pipe:
	{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}}

cs1|2 shares some parameter names with xml/html atributes: class=, title=, etc.  To prevent false positives xml/html
tags are removed before the search.

If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.

]]

local function missing_pipe_check (value)
	local capture;
	value = value:gsub ('%b<>', '');											-- remove xml/html tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc 

	capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%a%d]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%a%d]+)%s*=');	-- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
	if capture and validate (capture) then								-- if the capture is a valid parameter name
		add_maint_cat ('missing_pipe');
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------

This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.

]]

local function citation0( config, args)
	--[[ 
	Load Input Parameters
	The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
	]]
	local A = argument_wrapper( args );
	local i 

	-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
	-- define different field names for the same underlying things.	
	local author_etal;
	local a	= {};																-- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
	local Authors;
	local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat'];
	local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];

	do																			-- to limit scope of selected
		local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
		if 1 == selected then
			a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList');				-- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
		elseif 2 == selected then
			NameListFormat = 'vanc';											-- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
			a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList');	-- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
		elseif 3 == selected then
			Authors = A['Authors'];												-- use content of |authors=
		end
		if is_set (Collaboration) then
			author_etal = true;													-- so that |display-authors=etal not required
		end
	end

	local Coauthors = A['Coauthors'];
	local Others = A['Others'];

	local editor_etal;
	local e	= {};																-- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
	local Editors;

	do																			-- to limit scope of selected
		local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList');
		if 1 == selected then
			e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList');				-- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
		elseif 2 == selected then
			NameListFormat = 'vanc';											-- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
			e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList');	-- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
		elseif 3 == selected then
			Editors = A['Editors'];												-- use content of |editors=
		end
	end

	local t = {};																-- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
	local Translators;															-- assembled translators name list
	t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList');									-- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
	
	local c = {};																-- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
	local Contributors;															-- assembled contributors name list
	local Contribution = A['Contribution'];
	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then	-- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
		c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList');							-- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
		
		if 0 < #c then
			if not is_set (Contribution) then									-- |contributor= requires |contribution=
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')});	-- add missing contribution error message
				c = {};															-- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
			end
			if 0 == #a then														-- |contributor= requires |author=
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')});	-- add missing author error message
				c = {};															-- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
			end
		end
	else																		-- if not a book cite
		if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then	-- are there contributor name list parameters?
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')});	-- add contributor ignored error message
		end
		Contribution = nil;														-- unset
	end

	if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, '이름목록형식', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then			-- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc' -- 로컬
		NameListFormat = '';													-- anything else, set to empty string
	end

	local Year = A['Year'];
	local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
	local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
	local Date = A['Date'];
	local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
	------------------------------------------------- Get title data
	local Title = A['Title'];
	local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
	local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
	local Conference = A['Conference'];
	local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
	local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
	local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
			link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title');	-- check for wikimarkup in |title-link= or wikimarkup in |title= when |title-link= is set

	local NoBracket = A['NoBracket']											-- 로컬
	local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
	local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
	local ChapterLink	-- = A['ChapterLink'];									-- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
	local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
	local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
	local Degree = A['Degree'];
	local Docket = A['Docket'];
	local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];

	local ArchiveDate;
	local ArchiveURL;

	ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
	
--	local ArchiveDate = A['ArchiveDate'];
--	local ArchiveURL = A['ArchiveURL'];
--		if ArchiveURL:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then				-- if an archive.org save command url, we don't want to save target page ...
--			ArchiveURL = '';													-- every time a reader clicks the link so
--			ArchiveDate = '';													-- unset these
--			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_save', {}, true ) } );	-- and add error message
--		end
	local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, '깨진링크', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then	-- set in config.defaults to 'yes' -- 로컬
			DeadURL = '';														-- anything else, set to empty string
		end

	local URL = A['URL']
	local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');											-- get name of parameter that holds URL
	local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
	local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL');							-- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
	local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
	local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
	local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL');						-- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
	local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
	local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical');							-- get the name of the periodical parameter

	local Series = A['Series'];
	
	local Volume;
	local Issue;
	local Page;
	local Pages;
	local At;

	if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) and not ('conference' == config.CitationClass and not is_set (Periodical)) then
		Volume = A['Volume'];
	end
	if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) and not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map'}) and not is_set (Periodical))then
		Issue = A['Issue'];
	end
	local Position = '';
	if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
		Page = A['Page'];
		Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] );	
		At = A['At'];
	end

	local Edition = A['Edition'];
	local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
	local Place = A['Place'];
	
	local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
	local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, '등록', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then -- 로컬
			RegistrationRequired=nil;
		end
	local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, '구독', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then -- 로컬
			SubscriptionRequired=nil;
		end

	local Via = A['Via'];
	local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
	local Agency = A['Agency'];

	local Language = A['Language'];
	local Format = A['Format'];
	local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
	local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
	local ID = A['ID'];
	local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
	local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'isbn오류무시', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then -- 로컬
			IgnoreISBN = nil;													-- anything else, set to empty string
		end
	local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
	local Class = A['Class'];													-- arxiv class identifier

	local ID_list = extract_ids( args );

	local Quote = A['Quote'];

	local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
	local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
	local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
	local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
	local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
	local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL'] 
	local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL');						-- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL

	local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, '저자앰퍼샌드', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then -- 로컬
			LastAuthorAmp = nil;													-- set to empty string
		end
	local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, '분류없음', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then -- 로컬
			no_tracking_cats = nil;												-- set to empty string
		end

--these are used by cite interview
	local Callsign = A['Callsign'];
	local City = A['City'];
	local Program = A['Program'];

--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
	local use_lowercase;														-- controls capitalization of certain static text
	local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle();								-- also used for COinS and for language
	local anchor_year;															-- used in the CITEREF identifier
	local COinS_date = {};														-- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification

	local DF = A['DF'];															-- date format set in cs1|2 template
	if not is_valid_parameter_value (DF, 'df', cfg.keywords['date-format']) then	-- validate reformatting keyword
		DF = '';																-- not valid, set to empty string
	end

-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter.  If |mode= is empty or omitted, use CitationClass to set these values
	local Mode = A['Mode'];
	if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, '모드', cfg.keywords['mode']) then -- 로컬
		Mode = '';
	end
	local sepc;											-- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
	local PostScript;
	local Ref;
	sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
	use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' );					-- used to control capitalization for certain static text

--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------

Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages). -- 로컬 위에서 통째로 옮김

]]

local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes)
	local chapter_error = '';
	
	if not is_set (chapter) then
		chapter = '';															-- to be safe for concatenation
	else
		if false == no_quotes then
			chapter = kern_quotes (chapter);										-- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
			if "yes" == NoBracket or "true" == NoBracket or "y" == NoBracket or "예" == NoBracket or "참" == NoBracket then	-- 로컬 시작
				chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
			else
				chapter = wrap_style ('single-bracket', chapter);
			end																		-- 로컬 끝
		end
	end

	chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter)						-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped

	if is_set (transchapter) then
		transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
		if is_set (chapter) then
			chapter = chapter ..  ' ' .. transchapter;
		else																	-- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter
			chapter = transchapter;												-- 
			chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'장'});	-- 로컬
		end
	end

	if is_set (chapterurl) then
		chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source);		-- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
	end

	return chapter .. chapter_error;
end

--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
	if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then										-- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
		if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
			no_tracking_cats = "true";											-- set no_tracking_cats
		end
		for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do						-- cycle through page name patterns
			if this_page.text:match (v) then									-- test page name against each pattern
				no_tracking_cats = "true";										-- set no_tracking_cats
				break;															-- bail out if one is found
			end
		end
	end

-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
	select_one( args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters' );		-- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category

	local NoPP = A['NoPP'] 
	if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, '쪽숨김', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then -- 로컬
		NoPP = true;
	else
		NoPP = nil;																-- unset, used as a flag later
	end

	if is_set(Page) then
		if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
			Pages = '';															-- unset the others
			At = '';
		end
		extra_text_in_page_check (Page);										-- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
	elseif is_set(Pages) then
		if is_set(At) then
			At = '';															-- unset
		end
		extra_text_in_page_check (Pages);										-- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
	end	

-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
	if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
		PublicationPlace = Place;							-- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
	end
	
	if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end		-- don't need both if they are the same
	
--[[
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
When the citation has these parameters:
	|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
	|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
	|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title

	|trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped
	|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped

All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified

]]

local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];

	if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then	-- test code for citation
		if is_set(Periodical) then												-- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
			if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then
				if not is_set(Chapter) then
					Chapter = Title;											-- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
					ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
					TransChapter = TransTitle;
					ChapterURL = URL;
					if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then
						Chapter= '[[' .. TitleLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]';
					end
					Title = Periodical;
					ChapterFormat = Format;
					Periodical = '';											-- redundant so unset
					TransTitle = '';
					URL = '';
					Format = '';
					TitleLink = '';
					ScriptTitle = '';
				end
			else																-- |title not set
				Title = Periodical;												-- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
				Periodical = '';												-- redundant so unset
			end
		end
	end

-- Special case for cite techreport.
	if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then								-- special case for cite techreport
		if is_set(A['Number']) then													-- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
			if not is_set(ID) then												-- can we use ID for the "number"?
				ID = A['Number'];													-- yes, use it
			else																-- ID has a value so emit error message
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});
			end
		end	
	end

-- special case for cite interview
	if (config.CitationClass == "interview") then
		if is_set(Program) then
			if "yes" == NoBracket or "true" == NoBracket or "y" == NoBracket or "예" == NoBracket or "참" == NoBracket then	-- 로컬 시작
					ID = " ''" .. Program .. "''"
			else
					ID = " &ldquo;" .. Program .. "&rdquo;";
			end																	-- 로컬 끝
		end
		if is_set(Callsign) then
			if is_set(ID) then
				ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. Callsign;
			else
				ID = ' ' .. Callsign;
			end
		end
		if is_set(City) then
			if is_set(ID) then
				ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. City;
			else
				ID = ' ' .. City;
			end
		end

		if is_set(Others) then
			if is_set(TitleType) then
				Others = ' ' .. Others .. '와의 ' .. TitleType;					-- 로컬 수정 필요
				TitleType = '';
			else
				Others = ' ' .. '인터뷰어: ' .. Others;							-- 로컬
			end
		else
			Others = '(인터뷰)';												-- 로컬
		end
	end

-- special case for cite mailing list
	if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
		Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
	elseif 'mailinglist' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then
		Periodical = '';														-- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list
	end

-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
	if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
		if is_set(BookTitle) then
			Chapter = Title;
--			ChapterLink = TitleLink;											-- |chapterlink= is deprecated
			ChapterURL = URL;
			ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
			URLorigin = '';
			ChapterFormat = Format;
			TransChapter = TransTitle;
			Title = BookTitle;
			Format = '';
--			TitleLink = '';
			TransTitle = '';
			URL = '';
		end
	elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
		Conference = '';														-- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
	end

-- cite map oddities
	local Cartography = "";
	local Scale = "";
	local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
	local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
	if config.CitationClass == "map" then
		Chapter = A['Map'];
		ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
		TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
		ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
		ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
		
		Cartography = A['Cartography'];
		if is_set( Cartography ) then
			Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
		end		
		Scale = A['Scale'];
		if is_set( Scale ) then
			Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
		end
	end

-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
	if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
		local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
		local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];

		link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series');	-- check for wikimarkup in |series-link= or wikimarkup in |series= when |series-link= is set

		local Network = A['Network'];
		local Station = A['Station'];
		local s, n = {}, {};
																				-- do common parameters first
		if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
		if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
		ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
		
		if not is_set (Date) and is_set (AirDate) then							-- promote airdate to date
			Date = AirDate;
		end

		if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then								-- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
			local Season = A['Season'];
			local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];

			if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then					-- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } );		-- add error message
				SeriesNumber = '';												-- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
			end
																				-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
			if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
			if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
			if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
			Issue = '';															-- unset because this is not a unique parameter
	
			Chapter = Title;													-- promote title parameters to chapter
			ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
			ChapterLink = TitleLink;											-- alias episodelink
			TransChapter = TransTitle;
			ChapterURL = URL;
			ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
			
			Title = Series;														-- promote series to title
			TitleLink = SeriesLink;
			Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' ');								-- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number

			if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then			-- link but not URL
				Chapter = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]';		-- ok to wikilink
			elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then			-- if both are set, URL links episode;
				Series = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]';			-- series links with ChapterLink (episodelink -> TitleLink -> ChapterLink) ugly
			end
			URL = '';															-- unset
			TransTitle = '';
			ScriptTitle = '';
			
		else																	-- now oddities that are cite serial
			Issue = '';															-- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
			Chapter = A['Episode'];												-- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
			if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
				Series = '[[' .. SeriesLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]';
			end
			Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series);						-- series is italicized
		end	
	end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff

-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, before generation of COinS data.
	if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then
		if not is_set (ID_list['ARXIV']) then									-- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_missing', {}, true ) } );		-- add error message
		elseif is_set (Series) then												-- series is an alias of version
			ID_list['ARXIV'] = ID_list['ARXIV'] .. Series;						-- concatenate version onto the end of the arxiv identifier
			Series = '';														-- unset
			deprecated_parameter ('version');									-- deprecated parameter but only for cite arxiv
		end
		
		if first_set ({AccessDate, At, Chapter, Format, Page, Pages, Periodical, PublisherName, URL,	-- a crude list of parameters that are not supported by cite arxiv
			ID_list['ASIN'], ID_list['BIBCODE'], ID_list['DOI'], ID_list['ISBN'], ID_list['ISSN'],
			ID_list['JFM'], ID_list['JSTOR'], ID_list['LCCN'], ID_list['MR'], ID_list['OCLC'], ID_list['OL'],
			ID_list['OSTI'], ID_list['PMC'], ID_list['PMID'], ID_list['RFC'], ID_list['SSRN'], ID_list['USENETID'], ID_list['ZBL']},27) then
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_params_not_supported', {}, true ) } );		-- add error message

				AccessDate= '';													-- set these to empty string; not supported in cite arXiv
				PublisherName = '';												-- (if the article has been published, use cite journal, or other)
				Chapter = '';
				URL = '';
				Format = '';
				Page = ''; Pages = ''; At = '';
		end
		Periodical = 'arXiv';													-- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
	end

-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "DVD-notes", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
		TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
		if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then						-- special case for cite thesis
			TitleType = Degree .. " thesis";
		end
	end

	if is_set(TitleType) then													-- if type parameter is specified
	TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType);					-- display it in parentheses
	end

-- legacy: promote concatenation of |month=, and |year= to Date if Date not set; or, promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
	if not is_set (Date) then
		Date = Year;															-- promote Year to Date
		Year = nil;																-- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
		if is_set(Date) then													-- 로컬 시작
			local Month = A['Month'];
			if is_set(Month) then
				Date = yearcheck(Date) .. "년" .. " " .. monthcheck(Month) .. "월";
			end
		elseif is_set(PublicationDate) then	-- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
			Date = PublicationDate;			-- promote PublicationDate to Date
			PublicationDate = '';			-- unset, no longer needed
		end																		-- 로컬 끝
	end

	if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end					-- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation

--[[
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
we get the date used in the metadata.

Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
]]
	do	-- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
		local error_message = '';
																				-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
		local date_parameters_list = {['access-date']=AccessDate, ['archive-date']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi-broken-date']=DoiBroken,
				['embargo']=Embargo, ['lay-date']=LayDate, ['publication-date']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year}; -- 수정 필요? 변경 시 CTIEREF 작동 안 함

		anchor_year, Embargo, error_message = dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date);

		if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then									-- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; 
			local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
			if 0 == mismatch then												-- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
				if is_set (error_message) then									-- if there is already an error message
					error_message = error_message .. ', ';						-- tack on this additional message
				end
				error_message = error_message .. '&#124;연도=와 &#124;날짜=가 일치하지 않음'; -- 로컬
			elseif 1 == mismatch then											-- |year= matches year-value in |date=
				add_maint_cat ('date_year');
			end
		end

		if is_set(error_message) then
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } );	-- add this error message
		elseif is_set (DF) then
			if reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF, false) then			-- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
				AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'];				-- overwrite date holding parameters with reformatted values
				ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'];
				Date = date_parameters_list['date'];
				DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'];
				LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'];
				PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'];
			end
		end
	end	-- end of do

-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set.  Do this after date check but before COInS.
-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
	Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo);											-- 

	if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
		if not is_set (Embargo) then											-- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
			URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC'];				-- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
			URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1];					-- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
		end
	end

-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
	-- Test if citation has no title
	if	not is_set(Title) and
		not is_set(TransTitle) and
		not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
			if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then							-- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this?
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'시리즈'}, true ) } ); -- 로컬
			else
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'제목'}, true ) } ); -- 로컬
			end
	end
	
	if 'none' == Title or '없음' == Title and in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then	-- special case for journal cites -- 로컬
		Title = '';																-- set title to empty string
		add_maint_cat ('untitled');
	end

	check_for_url ({															-- add error message when any of these parameters contains a URL
		['title']=Title,
		[A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter,
		[A:ORIGIN('Periodical')]=Periodical,
		[A:ORIGIN('PublisherName')] = PublisherName
		});

	-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
	-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
	-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
	-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap 
	
	local coins_chapter = Chapter;												-- default assuming that remapping not required
	local coins_title = Title;													-- et tu
	if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
		if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then		-- if all are used then
			coins_chapter = Title;												-- remap
			coins_title = Periodical;
		end
	end
	local coins_author = a;														-- default for coins rft.au 
	if 0 < #c then																-- but if contributor list
		coins_author = c;														-- use that instead
	end

	-- this is the function call to COinS()
	local OCinSoutput = COinS({
		['Periodical'] = Periodical,
		['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia,
		['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter),			-- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
		['Degree'] = Degree;													-- cite thesis only
		['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle),				-- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
		['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
		['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate,											-- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
		['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
		['Chron'] =  COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '',	-- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
		['Series'] = Series,
		['Volume'] = Volume,
		['Issue'] = Issue,
		['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)),				-- pages stripped of external links
		['Edition'] = Edition,
		['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
		['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
		['Authors'] = coins_author,
		['ID_list'] = ID_list,
		['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
	}, config.CitationClass);

-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, AFTER generation of COinS data.
	if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then										-- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, now unset so it isn't displayed
		Periodical = '';														-- periodical not allowed in cite arxiv; if article has been published, use cite journal
	end

-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
	if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
		if is_set (PublisherName) then
			PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, A:ORIGIN('PublisherName') ));
		end
	end



	-- Now perform various field substitutions.
	-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
	-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
	local EditorCount;															-- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
	do
		local last_first_list;
--		local maximum;
		local control = { 
			format = NameListFormat,											-- empty string or 'vanc'
			maximum = nil,														-- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
			lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
			page_name = this_page.text											-- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
		};

		do																		-- do editor name list first because coauthors can modify control table
			control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
			last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);

			if is_set (Editors) then
				if editor_etal then
					Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al'];			-- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
					EditorCount = 2;											-- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
				else
					EditorCount = 2;											-- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
				end
			else
				Editors = last_first_list;										-- either an author name list or an empty string
			end

			if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then		-- only one editor displayed but includes etal then 
				EditorCount = 2;												-- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
			end
		end
		do																		-- now do translators
			control.maximum = #t;												-- number of translators
			Translators = list_people(control, t, false);						-- et al not currently supported
		end
		do																		-- now do contributors
			control.maximum = #c;												-- number of contributors
			Contributors = list_people(control, c, false);						-- et al not currently supported
		end
		do																		-- now do authors
			control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal);

			if is_set(Coauthors) then											-- if the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting.
				control.lastauthoramp = nil;
				control.maximum = #a + 1;
			end
			
			last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);

			if is_set (Authors) then
				Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false);	-- find and remove variations on et al.
				if author_etal then
					Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al'];			-- add et al. to authors parameter
				end
			else
				Authors = last_first_list;										-- either an author name list or an empty string
			end
		end																		-- end of do
	
		if is_set (Authors) and is_set (Collaboration) then
			Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')';					-- add collaboration after et al.
		end

		if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then						-- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } );	-- emit error message
		end
	end

-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
	ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
	ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
	Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
	LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
	TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');

-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
	if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv'}) or
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
			ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
	end

	if not is_set(URL) then
		if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then	-- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
		end
		
		-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
		if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then					-- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
			AccessDate = '';
		end
	end

	local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat;						-- TODO: swap chapter and title here so that archive applies to most specific if both are set?
	DeadURL = DeadURL:lower();													-- used later when assembling archived text
	if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
		if is_set (ChapterURL) then 	-- swapped									-- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
			OriginalURL = ChapterURL;											-- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
			OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin;								-- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages
			OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat;										-- and original |format=
			if 'no' ~= DeadURL or '아니오' ~= DeadURL or '거짓' ~= DeadURL then -- 로컬
				ChapterURL = ArchiveURL											-- swap-in the archive's url
				ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')						-- name of archive-url parameter for error messages
				ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or '';							-- swap in archive's format
			end
		elseif is_set (URL) then
			OriginalURL = URL;													-- save copy of original source URL
			OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin;										-- name of url parameter for error messages
			OriginalFormat = Format;											-- and original |format=
			if 'no' ~= DeadURL or '아니오' ~= DeadURL or '거짓' ~= DeadURL then												-- if URL set then archive-url applies to it -- 로컬
				URL = ArchiveURL												-- swap-in the archive's url
				URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')								-- name of archive url parameter for error messages
				Format = ArchiveFormat or '';									-- swap in archive's format
			end
 		end
	end

	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv'}) or	-- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
			local chap_param;
			if is_set (Chapter) then											-- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
			elseif is_set (TransChapter) then
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
			elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
			elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter')
			else is_set (ChapterFormat)
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
			end

			if is_set (chap_param) then											-- if we found one
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } );		-- add error message
				Chapter = '';													-- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
				TransChapter = '';
				ChapterURL = '';
				ScriptChapter = '';
				ChapterFormat = '';
			end
	else																		-- otherwise, format chapter / article title
		local no_quotes = false;												-- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
		if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then								-- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
			if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords.contribution) then	-- and a generic contribution title
				no_quotes = true;												-- then render it unquoted
			end
		end

		Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes);		-- Contribution is also in Chapter
		if is_set (Chapter) then
			Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
			if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
				Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType;							-- map annotation here; not after title
			end
			Chapter = Chapter.. sepc .. ' ';
		elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then										-- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
			Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' ';								-- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
		end
	end

	-- Format main title.
	if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
		Title = "[[" .. TitleLink .. "|" .. Title .. "]]"
	end

	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'arxiv'}) or
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
		('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then			-- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
			Title = kern_quotes (Title);										-- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
			Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
	
			Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle);					-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
			TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
	elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then								-- no styling for cite report
		Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle);						-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
		TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );				-- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
	else
		if "yes" == NoBracket or "true" == NoBracket or "y" == NoBracket or "예" == NoBracket or "참" == NoBracket then -- 로컬 시작
			Title = wrap_style ('italic-title2', Title);
			Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle);					-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
			TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle);
		else
			Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
			Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle);						-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
			TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle);
		end																		-- 로컬 끝
	end

	local TransError = "";
	if is_set(TransTitle) then
		if is_set(Title) then
			TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
		else
			TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'제목'} );	-- 로컬
		end
	end
	
	Title = Title .. TransTitle;
	
	if is_set(Title) then
		if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then
			Title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin ) .. TransError .. Format;
-- this experiment hidden 2016-04-10; see Help_talk:Citation_Style_1#Recycled_urls
--			local temp_title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin ) .. TransError .. Format;	-- do this so we get error message even if url is usurped no archive
--			if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit no archive', 'usurped no archive'}) then	-- when url links to inappropriate location and there is no archive of original source available
--				local err_msg
--				if temp_title:match ('%[%S+%s+(.+)%](<.+)') then				-- if there is an error message
--					Title, err_msg = temp_title:match ('%[%S+%s+(.+)%](<.+)');	-- strip off external link; TODO: find a better to do this
--					Title = Title .. (err_msg or '');
--				end
--			else
--				Title = temp_title;
--			end

			URL = '';															-- unset these because no longer needed
			Format = "";
		else
			Title = Title .. TransError;
		end
	end

	if is_set(Place) then
		Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
	end

	if is_set (Conference) then
		if is_set (ConferenceURL) then
			Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin );
		end
		Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
	elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
		Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin );
	end

	if not is_set(Position) then
		local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
		local Time = A['Time'];

		if is_set(Minutes) then
			if is_set (Time) then
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } );
			end
			Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
		else
			if is_set(Time) then
				local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
				if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
					TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
					if sepc ~= '.' then
						TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
					end
				end
				Position = " " .. Time .. TimeCaption;							-- 로컬 시작
			end
			local Time2 = A['Time2'];						
			if is_set(Time2) then							
				Position = " " .. Time2;										-- 로컬 끝
			end
		end
	else
		Position = " " .. Position;
		At = '';
	end

	Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);

	At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
	Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
	if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
		local Section = A['Section'];
		local Sections = A['Sections'];
		local Inset = A['Inset'];
		
		if is_set( Inset ) then
			Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
		end			

		if is_set( Sections ) then
			Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
		elseif is_set( Section ) then
			Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
		end
		At = At .. Inset .. Section;		
	end	

	if is_set (Language) then
		Language = language_parameter (Language);								-- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc
	else
		Language="";															-- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
	end

	Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
	
	if is_set (Translators) then
		Others = sepc .. ' 번역 ' .. Translators .. Others; 					-- 로컬
	end

	TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
	if is_set (Edition) then
		if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') or Edition:match ('%판$') then -- 로컬
			add_maint_cat ('extra_text', '판');
		end
		Edition = " " .. editioncheck(Edition) .. "판"; 						-- 로컬
	else
		Edition = '';
	end

	Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
	OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or "";
	Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";

	Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);

	------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
	if is_set(Via) then
		Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
	end

--[[
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not.  If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.

]]
	if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then
		SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription'];		-- subscription required message
	elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then
		SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration'];		-- registration required message
	else
		SubscriptionRequired = '';												-- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
	end

	if is_set(AccessDate) then
		local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']

		AccessDate = nowrap_date (ISOdate(AccessDate, lang, '1-999'))									-- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format -- 로컬
		if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end				-- if 'citation', lower case
		AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate);						-- add retrieved text
																				-- neither of these work; don't know why; it seems that substitute() isn't being called	
		AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate});	-- allow editors to hide accessdates
	end
	
	if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
   	if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
		ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
	end
   	if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then					-- for cite report when |docket= is set
		ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket;												-- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
	end

	ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );

	if is_set(URL) then
		URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin );
	end

	if is_set(Quote) then
		if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then				-- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
			Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2);											-- strip them off
		end
		Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); 				-- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
		PostScript = "";														-- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
	end
	
	local Archived
	if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
		if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
			ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');
		else																	-- 로컬
			ArchiveDate = ISOdate(ArchiveDate, lang, '1-999');					-- 로컬
		end
		if "live" == UrlStatus then
			local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute ( cfg.messages['archived-live'],
				{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
			if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
				Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error ('archive_missing_url');							   
			end		
		elseif "no" == DeadURL or "아니오" == DeadURL or "거짓" == DeadURL then		-- 로컬
			local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
				{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
			if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
				Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');							   
			end
		elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then											-- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped'
			local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped', '부적절'}) then			-- 로컬
				Archived = sepc .. " " .. ArchiveDate .. '에 원본 문서에서 보존된 문서';	-- format already styled -- 로컬
			else																-- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y'
				Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
					{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } );	-- format already styled
			end	
		else
			local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, 
				{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
		end
	elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
		Archived = ArchiveFormat;												-- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
	else
		Archived = ""
	end
	
	local Lay = '';
	if is_set(LayURL) then
		if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. ISOdate(LayDate, lang, '1-999') .. ")" end -- 로컬
		if is_set(LaySource) then 
			LaySource = " &ndash; " .. LaySource;								-- 로컬
		else
			LaySource = "";
		end
		if sepc == '.' then
			Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL') ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
		else
			Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL') ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
		end			
	elseif is_set (LayFormat) then												-- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
		Lay = sepc .. LayFormat;												-- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
	end

	if is_set(Transcript) then
		if is_set(TranscriptURL) then
			Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin );
		end
		Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
	elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
		Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin );
	end

	local Publisher;
	if is_set(Periodical) and
		not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","pressrelease","podcast"}) then
		if is_set(PublisherName) then
			if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
				Publisher = PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName;
			else
				Publisher = PublisherName;  
			end
		elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
			Publisher= PublicationPlace;
		else 
			Publisher = "";
		end
		if is_set(PublicationDate) then
			if is_set(Publisher) then
				Publisher = Publisher .. ", " .. wrap_msg ('published', ISOdate(PublicationDate, lang, '1-999') ); -- 로컬
			else
				Publisher = ISOdate(PublicationDate, lang, '1-999'); 			-- 로컬
			end
		end
		if is_set(Publisher) then
			Publisher = " (" .. Publisher .. ")";
		end
	else
		if is_set(PublicationDate) then
			PublicationDate = " (" .. wrap_msg ('published', ISOdate(PublicationDate, lang, '1-999')) .. ")"; -- 로컬
		end
		if is_set(PublisherName) then
			if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
				Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
			else
				Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;  
			end			
		elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then 
			Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
		else 
			Publisher = PublicationDate;
		end
	end
	
	-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
	if is_set(Periodical) then
		if "yes" == NoBracket or "true" == NoBracket or "y" == NoBracket or "예" == NoBracket or "참" == NoBracket then	-- 로컬 시작
			Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title2', Periodical) 
		elseif is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then 							-- 로컬 끝
			Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical) 
		else 
			Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
		end
	end

--[[
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
]]
	if "speech" == config.CitationClass then				-- cite speech only
		TitleNote = " (연설)";							-- annotate the citation -- 로컬
		if is_set (Periodical) then							-- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter 
			if is_set (Conference) then						-- and if |event= is set
				Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " ";		-- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
			end
		end
	end

	-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
	-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
	-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.

	local tcommon;
	local tcommon2;																-- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
	
	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
		if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end
		tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, 
			Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
		
	elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then		-- special cases for book cites
		if is_set (Contributors) then											-- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc );					-- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
			tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
		else
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
		end

	elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then									-- special cases for cite map
		if is_set (Chapter) then												-- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
		elseif is_set (Periodical) then											-- map in a periodical
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
		else																	-- a sheet or stand-alone map
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
		end
		
	elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then								-- special case for cite episode
		tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
	else																		-- all other CS1 templates
		tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, 
			Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
	end
	
	if #ID_list > 0 then
		ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
	else
		ID_list = ID;
	end
	
	local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
	local text;
	local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;

	if is_set(Date) then
		if is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then							-- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
			Date = " (" .. ISOdate(Date, lang, '1-999') ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " ";				-- in paranetheses -- 로컬
		else																	-- neither of authors and editors set
			if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then							-- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
				Date = " " .. ISOdate(Date, lang, '1-999') .. OrigYear;									-- Date does not begin with sepc -- 로컬
			else
				Date = sepc .. " " .. ISOdate(Date, lang, '1-999') .. OrigYear;							-- Date begins with sepc -- 로컬
			end
		end
	end	
	if is_set(Authors) then
		if is_set(Coauthors) then
			if 'vanc' == NameListFormat then									-- separate authors and coauthors with proper name-list-separator
				Authors = Authors .. ', ' .. Coauthors;
			else
				Authors = Authors .. '; ' .. Coauthors;
			end
		end
		if not is_set (Date) then												-- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
			Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc);						-- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
		end
		if is_set(Editors) then
			local in_text = " ";
			local post_text = "";
			if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then
				in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
				if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() end				-- lowercase for cs2
			else
				if EditorCount <= 1 then
					post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
				else
					post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
				end
			end 
			Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc);	-- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
		end
		if is_set (Contributors) then											-- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc
			local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
			if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end					-- lowercase for cs2
			Authors = by_text .. Authors;										-- author follows title so tweak it here
			if is_set (Editors) then											-- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
				Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc);					-- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
			end
			if not is_set (Date) then											-- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
				Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc);		-- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
			end
			text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
		else
			text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
		end
	elseif is_set(Editors) then
		if is_set(Date) then
			if EditorCount <= 1 then
				Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
			else
				Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
			end
		else
			if EditorCount <= 1 then
				Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
			else
				Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
			end
		end
		text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
	else
		if config.CitationClass=="journal" and is_set(Periodical) then
			text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
		else
			text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
		end
	end
	
	if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
		text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc );  --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
		text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
	end	
	
	text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );

	-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element
	local options = {};
	
	if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
		options.class = config.CitationClass;
		options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass;					-- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
	else
		options.class = "citation";
	end
	
	if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then								-- set reference anchor if appropriate
		local id = Ref
		if ('harv' == Ref ) then
			local namelist = {};												-- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
			local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2);					-- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation

			if #c > 0 then														-- if there is a contributor list
				namelist = c;													-- select it
			elseif #a > 0 then													-- or an author list
				namelist = a;
			elseif #e > 0 then													-- or an editor list
				namelist = e;
			end
			id = anchor_id (namelist, year);									-- go make the CITEREF anchor
		end
		options.id = id;
	end
	
	if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>.-</span>", ""):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then
		z.error_categories = {};
		text = set_error('empty_citation');
		z.message_tail = {};
	end
	
	if is_set(options.id) then													-- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
		text = substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text});	-- when |ref= is set
	else
		text = substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text});	-- all other cases
	end		

	text = text .. substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput});		-- append metadata to the citation
	
	if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
		text = text .. " ";
		for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
			if is_set(v[1]) then
				if i == #z.message_tail then
					text = text .. error_comment( v[1], v[2] );
				else
					text = text .. error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] );
				end
			end
		end
	end

	if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then
		text = text .. '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33">';
		for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do								-- append maintenance categories
			text = text .. ' ' .. v .. ' ([[:분류:' .. v ..'|링크]])';			-- 로컬
		end
		text = text .. '</span>';	-- maintenance mesages (realy just the names of the categories for now)
	end
	
	no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
	if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n", "아니오", "거짓"}) then
		for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
			text = text .. '[[분류:' .. v ..']]';								-- 로컬
		end
		for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do								-- append maintenance categories
			text = text .. '[[분류:' .. v ..']]';								-- 로컬
		end
		for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do								-- append maintenance categories
			text = text .. '[[분류:' .. v ..']]';								-- 로컬
		end
	end
	
	return text
end

--[[--------------------------< C S 1 . C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------

This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.

]]

function cs1.citation(frame)
	local pframe = frame:getParent()
	local validation, utilities, identifiers, metadata;
	
	if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then			-- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
		cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox');		-- load sandbox versions of support modules
		whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
		utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox');
		validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox');
		identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox');
		metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox');
		
	else																		-- otherwise
		cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration');				-- load live versions of support modules
		whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
		utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities');
		validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation');
		identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers');
		metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS');
	end

	utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg);										-- so that functions in Utilities can see the cfg tables
	identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities);							-- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
	validation.set_selected_modules (utilities);								-- so that functions in Date validataion can see the selected Utilities module
	metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities);								-- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module

	dates = validation.dates;													-- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation
	year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;
	reformat_dates = validation.reformat_dates;
	
	is_set = utilities.is_set;													-- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
	in_array = utilities.in_array;
	substitute = utilities.substitute;
	error_comment = utilities.error_comment;
	set_error = utilities.set_error;
	select_one = utilities.select_one;
	add_maint_cat = utilities.add_maint_cat;
	wrap_style = utilities.wrap_style;
	safe_for_italics = utilities.safe_for_italics;
	remove_wiki_link = utilities.remove_wiki_link;

	z = utilities.z;															-- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities

	extract_ids = identifiers.extract_ids;										-- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
	build_id_list = identifiers.build_id_list;
	is_embargoed = identifiers.is_embargoed;
	
	make_coins_title = metadata.make_coins_title;								-- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
	get_coins_pages = metadata.get_coins_pages;
	COinS = metadata.COinS;

	
	local args = {};
	local suggestions = {};
	local error_text, error_state;

	local config = {};
	for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
		config[k] = v;
		args[k] = v;	   
	end	

	local capture;																-- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
	for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
		if v ~= '' then
			if not validate( k ) then			
				error_text = "";
				if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
					-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
					if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
						error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
					end
				elseif validate( k:lower() ) then 
					error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
				else
					if nil == suggestions.suggestions then						-- if this table is nil then we need to load it
						if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then			-- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
							suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' );	-- use the sandbox version
						else
							suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' );			-- use the live version
						end
					end
					for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do		-- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
						capture = k:match (pattern);							-- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match
						if capture then											-- if the pattern matches 
							param = substitute( param, capture );				-- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
							error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true );	-- set the error message
						end
					end
					if not is_set (error_text) then								-- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion?
						if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
							error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
						else
							error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
						end
					end
				end				  
				if error_text ~= '' then
					table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
				end				
			end
			missing_pipe_check (v);												-- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
			
			args[k] = v;
		elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then
			args[k] = v;
		end		
	end	

	for k, v in pairs( args ) do
		if 'string' == type (k) then											-- don't evaluate positional parameters
			has_invisible_chars (k, v);
		end
	end
	return citation0( config, args)
end

return cs1;
• 현재 페이지 URL 줄이기